$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/vdbe-compress.tcl <tsrc/vdbe.c >vdbe.new
	mv vdbe.new tsrc/vdbe.c
	touch .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl




# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
................................................................................
	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
	rm -f parse.h
	./lemon$(BEXE) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) parse.y
	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h

sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in $(TOP)/manifest.uuid $(TOP)/VERSION
	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3h.tcl $(TOP) >sqlite3.h

keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h

	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/vdbe-compress.tcl <tsrc/vdbe.c >vdbe.new
	mv vdbe.new tsrc/vdbe.c
	touch .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl

sqlite3-all.c:	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
................................................................................
	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
	rm -f parse.h
	./lemon$(BEXE) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) parse.y
	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h

sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in $(TOP)/manifest.uuid $(TOP)/VERSION
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3h.tcl $(TOP) >sqlite3.h

keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
#
TCC = $(TCC) -DNDEBUG

# The library that programs using TCL must link against.




#
LIBTCL = tcl85.lib

TCLINCDIR = c:\tcl\include



TCLLIBDIR = c:\tcl\lib






# This is the command to use for tclsh - normally just "tclsh", but we may
# know the specific version we want to use


#

TCLSH_CMD = tclsh85


# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
#
READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=0

# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
#
................................................................................
# to deduce the binary type based on the object files.
!IF "$(PLATFORM)"!=""
LTLINKOPTS = /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
LTLIBOPTS = /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
!ENDIF

# nawk compatible awk.
NAWK = .\gawk.exe

# You should not have to change anything below this line
###############################################################################

# Object files for the SQLite library (non-amalgamation).
#
LIBOBJS0 = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\ext\icu\sqliteicu.h
EXTHDR = $(EXTHDR) \
  $(TOP)\ext\rtree\sqlite3rtree.h

# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	libsqlite3.lib sqlite3.exe libtclsqlite3.lib

libsqlite3.lib:	$(LIBOBJ)
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ) $(TLIBS)

libtclsqlite3.lib:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) /OUT:$@ tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL:tcl=tclstub) $(TLIBS)

................................................................................
# all that automatic generation.
#
.target_source:	$(SRC) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl
	-rmdir /S/Q tsrc
	-mkdir tsrc
	for %i in ($(SRC)) do copy /Y %i tsrc
	del /Q tsrc\sqlite.h.in tsrc\parse.y
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl <tsrc\vdbe.c >vdbe.new
	move vdbe.new tsrc\vdbe.c
	echo > .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl




# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
................................................................................
tclsqlite3.exe:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLINK) tclsqlite-shell.lo \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL)

# Rules to build opcodes.c and opcodes.h
#
opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)\mkopcodec.awk
	$(NAWK) "/#define OP_/ { print }" opcodes.h | sort /+45 | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c

opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)\src\vdbe.c $(TOP)\mkopcodeh.awk
	type parse.h $(TOP)\src\vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h

# Rules to build parse.c and parse.h - the outputs of lemon.
#
parse.h:	parse.c

parse.c:	$(TOP)\src\parse.y lemon.exe $(TOP)\addopcodes.awk
	del /Q parse.y parse.h parse.h.temp
	copy $(TOP)\src\parse.y .
	.\lemon.exe $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) parse.y
	move parse.h parse.h.temp
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h

sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)\src\sqlite.h.in $(TOP)\manifest.uuid $(TOP)\VERSION
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3h.tcl $(TOP) >sqlite3.h

mkkeywordhash.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c
	$(BCC) -Femkkeywordhash.exe $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) $(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c

keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c mkkeywordhash.exe
	.\mkkeywordhash.exe >keywordhash.h



# Rules to build the extension objects.
#
icu.lo:	$(TOP)\ext\icu\icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)\ext\icu\icu.c
................................................................................
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\all.test -soak=1

test:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\veryquick.test

spaceanal_tcl.h:	$(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/tool/tostr.awk \
		$(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h

sqlite3_analyzer.exe:	$(TESTFIXTURE_SRC) spaceanal_tcl.h
	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
		-DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE \
		-DBUILD_sqlite -I$(TCLINCDIR) \
		$(TESTFIXTURE_SRC) \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) $(LIBTCL) $(TLIBS)
................................................................................

#
# Windows section
#
dll: sqlite3.dll

sqlite3.def: libsqlite3.lib
	echo EXPORTS >sqlite3.def
	dumpbin /all libsqlite3.lib \
		| $(NAWK) "/ 1 _sqlite3_/ { sub(/^.* _/,\"\");print }" \
		| sort >>sqlite3.def

sqlite3.dll: $(LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
	link $(LTLINKOPTS) /DLL /DEF:sqlite3.def /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ)

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
#
TCC = $(TCC) -DNDEBUG

# The locations of the Tcl header and library files.  Also, the library that
# non-stubs enabled programs using Tcl must link against.  These variables
# (TCLINCDIR, TCLLIBDIR, and LIBTCL) may be overridden via the environment
# prior to running nmake in order to match the actual installed location and
# version on this machine.
#

!if "$(TCLINCDIR)" == ""
TCLINCDIR = c:\tcl\include
!endif

!if "$(TCLLIBDIR)" == ""
TCLLIBDIR = c:\tcl\lib
!endif

!if "$(LIBTCL)" == ""
LIBTCL = tcl85.lib
!endif

# This is the command to use for tclsh - normally just "tclsh", but we may
# know the specific version we want to use.  This variable (TCLSH_CMD) may be
# overridden via the environment prior to running nmake in order to select a
# specific Tcl shell to use.
#
!if "$(TCLSH_CMD)" == ""
TCLSH_CMD = tclsh85
!endif

# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
#
READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=0

# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
#
................................................................................
# to deduce the binary type based on the object files.
!IF "$(PLATFORM)"!=""
LTLINKOPTS = /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
LTLIBOPTS = /MACHINE:$(PLATFORM)
!ENDIF

# nawk compatible awk.
NAWK = gawk.exe

# You should not have to change anything below this line
###############################################################################

# Object files for the SQLite library (non-amalgamation).
#
LIBOBJS0 = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\ext\icu\sqliteicu.h
EXTHDR = $(EXTHDR) \
  $(TOP)\ext\rtree\sqlite3rtree.h

# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	dll libsqlite3.lib sqlite3.exe libtclsqlite3.lib

libsqlite3.lib:	$(LIBOBJ)
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ) $(TLIBS)

libtclsqlite3.lib:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) /OUT:$@ tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL:tcl=tclstub) $(TLIBS)

................................................................................
# all that automatic generation.
#
.target_source:	$(SRC) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl
	-rmdir /S/Q tsrc
	-mkdir tsrc
	for %i in ($(SRC)) do copy /Y %i tsrc
	del /Q tsrc\sqlite.h.in tsrc\parse.y
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\vdbe-compress.tcl < tsrc\vdbe.c > vdbe.new
	move vdbe.new tsrc\vdbe.c
	echo > .target_source

sqlite3.c:	.target_source $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3c.tcl

sqlite3-all.c:	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
................................................................................
tclsqlite3.exe:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLINK) tclsqlite-shell.lo \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL)

# Rules to build opcodes.c and opcodes.h
#
opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)\mkopcodec.awk
	$(NAWK) "/#define OP_/ { print }" opcodes.h | sort /+45 | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\mkopcodec.awk > opcodes.c

opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)\src\vdbe.c $(TOP)\mkopcodeh.awk
	type parse.h $(TOP)\src\vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\mkopcodeh.awk > opcodes.h

# Rules to build parse.c and parse.h - the outputs of lemon.
#
parse.h:	parse.c

parse.c:	$(TOP)\src\parse.y lemon.exe $(TOP)\addopcodes.awk
	del /Q parse.y parse.h parse.h.temp
	copy $(TOP)\src\parse.y .
	.\lemon.exe $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) parse.y
	move parse.h parse.h.temp
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp > parse.h

sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)\src\sqlite.h.in $(TOP)\manifest.uuid $(TOP)\VERSION
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)\tool\mksqlite3h.tcl $(TOP) > sqlite3.h

mkkeywordhash.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c
	$(BCC) -Femkkeywordhash.exe $(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS) $(OPTS) $(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c

keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)\tool\mkkeywordhash.c mkkeywordhash.exe
	.\mkkeywordhash.exe > keywordhash.h



# Rules to build the extension objects.
#
icu.lo:	$(TOP)\ext\icu\icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)\ext\icu\icu.c
................................................................................
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\all.test -soak=1

test:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\veryquick.test

spaceanal_tcl.h:	$(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/tool/tostr.awk \
		$(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl > spaceanal_tcl.h

sqlite3_analyzer.exe:	$(TESTFIXTURE_SRC) spaceanal_tcl.h
	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
		-DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE \
		-DBUILD_sqlite -I$(TCLINCDIR) \
		$(TESTFIXTURE_SRC) \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR) $(LIBTCL) $(TLIBS)
................................................................................

#
# Windows section
#
dll: sqlite3.dll

sqlite3.def: libsqlite3.lib
	echo EXPORTS > sqlite3.def
	dumpbin /all libsqlite3.lib \
		| $(NAWK) "/ 1 _sqlite3_/ { sub(/^.* _/,\"\");print }" \
		| sort >> sqlite3.def

sqlite3.dll: $(LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
	link $(LTLINKOPTS) /DLL /DEF:sqlite3.def /OUT:$@ $(LIBOBJ)

3.7.7

3.7.8

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.7.7.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.7.7'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.7.7'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.7.7 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.7.7:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.7.7
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.7.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.7.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.7.7
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.7.8.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.7.8'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.7.8'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.7.8 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.7.8:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.7.8
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.7.8, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.7.8, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.7.8
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#include "fts3.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
# include "sqlite3ext.h"
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif






/* 
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zFree);
  return zRet;
}














static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
  const char *p = *pp;
  int nInt = 0;

  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
  }
  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  *pnOut = nInt;
  *pp = p;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



















static int fts3PrefixParameter(
  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
  struct Fts3Index **apIndex,     /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
  struct Fts3Index **apFree       /* OUT: Free this with sqlite3_free() */
){
  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;
  int nIndex = 1;

  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
    const char *p;
    nIndex++;
    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
    }
  }

  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
  *apIndex = *apFree = aIndex;
  *pnIndex = nIndex;
  if( !aIndex ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
  if( zParam ){
................................................................................
  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */

  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] array */
  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Array of indexes for this table */
  struct Fts3Index *aFree = 0;    /* Free this before returning */

  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
................................................................................

  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
  }
  assert( pTokenizer );

  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex, &aFree);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
    assert( zPrefix );
    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;

  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
................................................................................
  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;

  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);

fts3_init_out:
  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
  sqlite3_free(aFree);
  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p ){
      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
    }else if( pTokenizer ){
................................................................................
  *p++ = POS_END;
  *pp = p;
  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
}

/*
** nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
**
** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
** contains:
**
**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
**
................................................................................
** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
**
** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
** slots before it.


*/
static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
................................................................................
    res = 0;
  }

  return res;
}

/* 
** A pointer to an instance of this structure is used as the context 
** argument to sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()

*/
typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
struct TermSelect {
  int isReqPos;
  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffer */
  int anOutput[16];               /* Size of output in bytes */
};















static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
  char **pp, 
  char *pEnd, 
  int bDescIdx,



  sqlite3_int64 *pVal
){
  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
    *pp = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
    if( bDescIdx ){
................................................................................
      *pVal -= iVal;
    }else{
      *pVal += iVal;
    }
  }
}
















static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
){
................................................................................
  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
  *piPrev = iVal;
  *pbFirst = 1;
}

#define COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2) ((bDescIdx?-1:1) * (i1-i2))


























static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if arguments are desc */
  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
){
  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
................................................................................
  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2);
  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  p = aOut;
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
  while( p1 || p2 ){
    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);

    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
    }else{
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
    }
  }

  *paOut = aOut;
  *pnOut = (p-aOut);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}













static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if arguments are desc */
  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
  char *aRight, int *pnRight      /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
){
  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
................................................................................
  assert( nDist>0 );

  p = aOut;
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);

  while( p1 && p2 ){
    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);
    if( iDiff==0 ){
      char *pSave = p;
      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;

      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
        p = pSave;
        iPrev = iPrevSave;
        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
      }
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
    }else{
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
    }
  }

  *pnRight = p - aOut;
}


................................................................................
** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
*/
static int fts3TermSelectMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
  char *aOut = 0;
  int nOut = 0;
  int i;

  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
  ** into a single doclist.
  */
................................................................................

  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function is used as the sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback when
** querying the full-text index for a doclist associated with a term or
** term-prefix.
*/
static int fts3TermSelectCb(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table object */
  void *pContext,                 /* Pointer to TermSelect structure */
  char *zTerm,
  int nTerm,
  char *aDoclist,
  int nDoclist
){
  TermSelect *pTS = (TermSelect *)pContext;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zTerm);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nTerm);


  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
    ** buffer using memcpy(). */
    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
................................................................................
    }
    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
  }
  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}








static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object to populate */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int rc2;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;


  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
  ** calls out here.  */
................................................................................
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));

  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
      p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
  );
}







static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
  Fts3Table *p,

  const char *zTerm,
  int nTerm,

  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr
){
  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr);
}















int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
){
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;   /* Object to allocate and return */
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */

  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
  if( pSegcsr ){
    int i;
    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
................................................................................
    }
  }

  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
  return rc;
}




static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
}

/*
** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term
** prefix) from the database. 
**
** The returned doclist may be in one of two formats, depending on the 
** value of parameter isReqPos. If isReqPos is zero, then the doclist is
** a sorted list of delta-compressed docids (a bare doclist). If isReqPos
** is non-zero, then the returned list is in the same format as is stored 
** in the database without the found length specifier at the start of on-disk
** doclists.
*/
static int fts3TermSelect(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
  int isReqPos,                   /* True to include position lists in output */
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;   /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Context object for fts3TermSelectCb() */
  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */

  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
  tsc.isReqPos = isReqPos;

  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 
        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
        | (isReqPos ? FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS : 0)
        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
  filter.iCol = iColumn;
  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;

  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
  ){
    rc = fts3TermSelectCb(p, (void *)&tsc, 
        pSegcsr->zTerm, pSegcsr->nTerm, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist
    );
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
  }else{
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
................................................................................
** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
**
** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
** varints.
*/
static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(int isPoslist, char *aList, int nList){
  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
  if( aList ){
    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */
    if( !isPoslist ){
      /* The number of docids in the list is the same as the number of 
      ** varints. In FTS3 a varint consists of a single byte with the 0x80 
      ** bit cleared and zero or more bytes with the 0x80 bit set. So to
      ** count the varints in the buffer, just count the number of bytes
      ** with the 0x80 bit clear.  */
      while( p<aEnd ) nDoc += (((*p++)&0x80)==0);
    }else{
      while( p<aEnd ){
        nDoc++;
        while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
        fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */
      }
    }
  }

  return nDoc;
}

/*
................................................................................
      pCsr->isEof = 1;
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
    }else{
      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
  }
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
................................................................................
      }
      return rc;
    }

    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1);

    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
  }

................................................................................
  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
  );
  return rc;
}






static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
  return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
}






static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
  assert( p->inTransaction );
  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}






static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  assert( p->inTransaction );
  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
................................................................................
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  if( pHash ){
    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
    sqlite3_free(pHash);
  }
  return rc;
}

#if !SQLITE_CORE
int sqlite3_extension_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg,
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
}
#endif


/*
** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
** by pExpr. 
**
** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
................................................................................
** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
** doclist and then traversed.
*/
static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Expr *pExpr, 
  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
  int *pRc
){
  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      int i;
      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
      *pnToken += nToken;
      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
        int rc = sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
        );
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          *pRc = rc;
          return;
        }
      }
................................................................................
      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
    }
  }
}

static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
  Fts3Table *pTab,
  Fts3Phrase *p,
  int iToken,
  char *pList,
  int nList








){
  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );

  if( pList==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
................................................................................
    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
  }

  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
}







static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Phrase *p
){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  int iToken;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );

    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
      int nThis = 0;
      char *pThis = 0;
      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, 1, &nThis, &pThis);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
      }
    }
    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
  }

  return rc;
}











static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
  int iToken;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
  char *aPoslist = 0;
  int nPoslist = 0;
  int iPrev = -1;


  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );

  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;

................................................................................
        }
      }
      iPrev = iToken;
    }
  }

  if( iPrev>=0 ){

    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
    }else{
      int nDistance;
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.






*/
static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
  int rc;

  Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0];
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;

  if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
   && bOptOk==1 
   && p->nToken==1 
   && pFirst->pSegcsr 
................................................................................

  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
** through doclists.






*/
void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
*/
static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Phrase *p, 
  u8 *pbEof
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;

  if( p->bIncr ){
    assert( p->nToken==1 );
................................................................................
      }
      pDL->pList = pIter;
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
      pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList);

      /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
      ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
      ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim2(), then pIter may not actually
      ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
      ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
      ** fts3EvalNearTrim2().  */
      while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;

      pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
      assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
      *pbEof = 0;
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

















static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Expr *pExpr, 
  int bOptOk,
  int *pRc


){
  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      int i;
      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
        if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
................................................................................
      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc);
      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc);
      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
    }
  }
}













typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
  Fts3Expr *pRoot; 
  int nOvfl;
  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
};








static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Expr *pRoot, 
  Fts3Expr *pExpr, 
  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,
  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,
  int *pRc

){
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
      int i;
      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
................................................................................
        (*ppOr)++;
      }
      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
    }
  }
}












static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
     ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
     ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
     **
     ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
     ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
     ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
     ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
     ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
     ** to right.
     */
    int rc;
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
    const char *pEnd;
    const char *a;
................................................................................
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }

  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}















static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
  Fts3Expr *pRoot,
  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,
  int nTC

){
  int nDocSize = 0;
  int nDocEst = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  int ii;






  int nOvfl = 0;
  int nTerm = 0;






  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
      nTerm++;
    }
  }
  if( nOvfl==0 || nTerm<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;


  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);

























  for(ii=0; ii<nTerm && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
    int jj;

    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;

    for(jj=0; jj<nTC; jj++){


      if( aTC[jj].pToken && aTC[jj].pRoot==pRoot 
       && (!pTC || aTC[jj].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
      ){
        pTC = &aTC[jj];
      }
    }
    assert( pTC );

    /* At this point pTC points to the cheapest remaining token. */
    if( ii==0 ){
      if( pTC->nOvfl ){
        nDocEst = (pTC->nOvfl * pTab->nPgsz + pTab->nPgsz) / 10;





      }else{





        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
        int nList = 0;
        char *pList = 0;
        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, 1, &nList, &pList);
        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );

        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          nDocEst = fts3DoclistCountDocids(1, pList, nList);

          fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);




        }
      }
    }else{
      if( pTC->nOvfl>=(nDocEst*nDocSize) ){
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
        rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
        fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
        pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
      }
      nDocEst = 1 + (nDocEst/4);
    }
    pTC->pToken = 0;
  }

  return rc;
}













int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int bOptOk){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nToken = 0;
  int nOr = 0;

  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);

  /* Call fts3EvalPhraseStart() on all phrases in the expression. TODO:
  ** This call will eventually also be responsible for determining which
  ** tokens are 'deferred' until the document text is loaded into memory.
  **
  ** Each token in each phrase is dealt with using one of the following
  ** three strategies:
  **
  **   1. Entire doclist loaded into memory as part of the
  **      fts3EvalStartReaders() call.
  **
  **   2. Doclist loaded into memory incrementally, as part of each
  **      sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() call.
  **
  **   3. Token doclist is never loaded. Instead, documents are loaded into
  **      memory and scanned for the token as part of the sqlite3Fts3EvalNext()
  **      call. This is known as a "deferred" token.
  */

  /* If bOptOk is true, check if there are any tokens that should be deferred.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOptOk && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){
    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
    Fts3Expr **apOr;
    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
    );
    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
................................................................................
    if( !aTC ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      int ii;
      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;

      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
      nToken = pTC-aTC;
      nOr = ppOr-apOr;

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
................................................................................
        }
      }

      sqlite3_free(aTC);
    }
  }

  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr, bOptOk, &rc);
  return rc;
}




static void fts3EvalZeroPoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
  }
  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
}























static int fts3EvalNearTrim2(
  int nNear,

  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
){
  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
................................................................................
    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
  }

  return res;
}







































































































































































static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
  int res = 1;

  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
  ** For example, the query:
  **
  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
................................................................................
  **                     |        |
  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
  **                |        |
  **               "w"      "x"
  **
  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
  ** no exceptions to this.
  */
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
   && pExpr->bEof==0
   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
  ){
    Fts3Expr *p; 
................................................................................
    }else{
      char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;

      for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
        int nNear = p->nNear;
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
  
      aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
      for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
        int nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = (
            p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
        );
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
    }

    sqlite3_free(aTmp);
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** This macro is used by the fts3EvalNext() function. The two arguments are
** 64-bit docid values. If the current query is "ORDER BY docid ASC", then
** the macro returns (i1 - i2). Or if it is "ORDER BY docid DESC", then
** it returns (i2 - i1). This allows the same code to be used for merging
** doclists in ascending or descending order.




*/
#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((pCsr->bDesc?-1:1) * (i1-i2))

static void fts3EvalNext(

  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
  Fts3Expr *pExpr, 
  int *pRc
){

  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
    pExpr->bStart = 1;

    switch( pExpr->eType ){
      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
        }else{
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);

          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
            if( iDiff<0 ){
              fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
            }else{
              fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
            }
          }

          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
        }
        break;
      }
  
      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);

        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );

        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
        }else{
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
        }

        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
        }else{
          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
        }

        break;
      }

      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;

        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
          fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
        }

        fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
          while( !*pRc 
              && !pRight->bEof 
              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
          ){
            fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          }
        }
        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
        break;
      }

      default: {
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
        fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
}

static int fts3EvalDeferredTest(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
  int bHit = 1;
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    switch( pExpr->eType ){
      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
      case FTSQUERY_AND:
        bHit = (
            fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
         && fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
        );

        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
................................................................................
        if( bHit==0 
         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
        ){
          Fts3Expr *p;
          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
              fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
            }
          }
          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
            fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pPhrase);
          }
        }

        break;

      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
        int bHit1 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
        int bHit2 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
        break;
      }

      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
        bHit = (
            fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
         && !fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
        );
        break;

      default: {
        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
        ){
          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
            fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
          }
          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
        }else{
          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
        }
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  return bHit;
}

/*













** Return 1 if both of the following are true:
**
**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
**
**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
**      it is determined that the row does not match the query.
**
** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
** query, return 0.
*/
static int fts3EvalLoadDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
  int rc = *pRc;
  int bMiss = 0;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){







    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
      }
    }
    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));


    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
    *pRc = rc;
  }
  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
}

/*
** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
  if( pExpr==0 ){
    pCsr->isEof = 1;
  }else{
    do {
      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
      }
      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
      fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc) );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
** sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
**
** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
static void fts3EvalRestart(
................................................................................
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
  int *pRc
){
  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;

    if( pPhrase ){
      fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
        assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 );
        assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr );
        sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr);
        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
      }

................................................................................

      do {
        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );

        /* Advance to the next document */
        fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
           && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc) 
      );

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
      }
    }

................................................................................
      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
      ** do loop can not be written:
      **
      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
      */
      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
      do {
        fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
      fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
................................................................................
**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
  if( pPhrase ){
    int i;
    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
    fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
    }
  }
}













#endif

#include "fts3.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
# include "sqlite3ext.h"
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif

static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);

/* 
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zFree);
  return zRet;
}

/*
** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then 
** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
** the integer value.
**
** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. 
**
** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
*/
static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
  const char *p = *pp;            /* Iterator pointer */
  int nInt = 0;                   /* Output value */

  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
  }
  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  *pnOut = nInt;
  *pp = p;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
**
** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
** specified, or NULL otherwise.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
**
** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
*/
static int fts3PrefixParameter(
  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
  struct Fts3Index **apIndex      /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */

){
  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Allocated array */
  int nIndex = 1;                 /* Number of entries in array */

  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
    const char *p;
    nIndex++;
    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
    }
  }

  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
  *apIndex = aIndex;
  *pnIndex = nIndex;
  if( !aIndex ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
  if( zParam ){
................................................................................
  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */

  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] array */
  struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0;   /* Array of indexes for this table */


  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
................................................................................

  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
  }
  assert( pTokenizer );

  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
    assert( zPrefix );
    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;

  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
................................................................................
  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;

  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);

fts3_init_out:
  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
  sqlite3_free(aIndex);
  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p ){
      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
    }else if( pTokenizer ){
................................................................................
  *p++ = POS_END;
  *pp = p;
  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
}

/*


** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
** contains:
**
**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
**
................................................................................
** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
**
** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
** slots before it.
**
** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
*/
static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
................................................................................
    res = 0;
  }

  return res;
}

/* 
** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
*/
typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
struct TermSelect {

  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffers */
  int anOutput[16];               /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
};


/*
** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
**
** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
**
** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this 
** function returns.
*/
static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(



  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
  char *pEnd,                     /* End of buffer */
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if docids are descending */
  sqlite3_int64 *pVal             /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
){
  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
    *pp = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
    if( bDescIdx ){
................................................................................
      *pVal -= iVal;
    }else{
      *pVal += iVal;
    }
  }
}

/*
** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
** end of the value written.
**
** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. 
**
** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value 
** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
**
** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
** to the value of parameter iVal.
*/
static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
){
................................................................................
  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
  *piPrev = iVal;
  *pbFirst = 1;
}



/*
** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). 
** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
**
** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
*/
#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))

/*
** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the 
** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
** passed a non-zero value.
**
** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
** are undefined in this case.
*/
static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
){
  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
................................................................................
  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2);
  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  p = aOut;
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
  while( p1 || p2 ){
    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);

    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
    }else{
      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
    }
  }

  *paOut = aOut;
  *pnOut = (p-aOut);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
** exactly nDist tokens before it.
**
** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending 
** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
**
** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
*/
static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
  char *aRight, int *pnRight      /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
){
  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
................................................................................
  assert( nDist>0 );

  p = aOut;
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);

  while( p1 && p2 ){
    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
    if( iDiff==0 ){
      char *pSave = p;
      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;

      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
        p = pSave;
        iPrev = iPrevSave;
        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
      }
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
    }else{
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
    }
  }

  *pnRight = p - aOut;
}


................................................................................
** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
*/
static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
  char *aOut = 0;
  int nOut = 0;
  int i;

  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
  ** into a single doclist.
  */
................................................................................

  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
**
** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
** object.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
*/
static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
  TermSelect *pTS,                /* TermSelect object to merge into */
  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to doclist */
  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
){
  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
    ** buffer using memcpy(). */
    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
................................................................................
    }
    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
  }
  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
** 8th argument.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
** otherwise.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */

  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement to iterate through segments */
  int rc2;                        /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */

  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
  ** calls out here.  */
................................................................................
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));

  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
      p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
  );
}

/*
** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(

  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS virtual table handle */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to scan doclist of */

  int nTerm,                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
){
  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr);
}


/*
** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which 
** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() 
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
*/
static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
){
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Object to allocate and return */
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */

  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
  if( pSegcsr ){
    int i;
    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
................................................................................
    }
  }

  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
*/
static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
}

/*
** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term
** prefix) from the database.







*/
static int fts3TermSelect(
  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */

  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */

  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));


  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)

        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
  filter.iCol = iColumn;
  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;

  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
  ){

    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);

  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
  }else{
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
................................................................................
** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
**
** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
** varints.
*/
static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
  if( aList ){
    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */








    while( p<aEnd ){
      nDoc++;
      while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */

    }
  }

  return nDoc;
}

/*
................................................................................
      pCsr->isEof = 1;
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
    }else{
      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }else{
    rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
  }
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
................................................................................
      }
      return rc;
    }

    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

    rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);

    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
  }

................................................................................
  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
  );
  return rc;
}

/*
** The xSavepoint() method.
**
** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
*/
static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
  return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
}

/*
** The xRelease() method.
**
** This is a no-op.
*/
static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
  assert( p->inTransaction );
  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The xRollbackTo() method.
**
** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
*/
static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
  assert( p->inTransaction );
  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
................................................................................
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  if( pHash ){
    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
    sqlite3_free(pHash);
  }
  return rc;
}













/*
** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
** by pExpr. 
**
** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
................................................................................
** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
** doclist and then traversed.
*/
static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Allocate readers for this expression */
  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      int i;
      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
      *pnToken += nToken;
      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
        int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
        );
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          *pRc = rc;
          return;
        }
      }
................................................................................
      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
**
** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
** freeing the buffer.
*/
static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS Table pointer */
  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
  int iToken,                     /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
  char *pList,                    /* Pointer to doclist */
  int nList                       /* Number of bytes in pList */
){
  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );

  if( pList==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
................................................................................
    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
  }

  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
}

/*
** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
** does not take deferred tokens into account.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Phrase *p                   /* Phrase object */
){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  int iToken;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );

    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
      int nThis = 0;
      char *pThis = 0;
      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
      }
    }
    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
** current position list to include only those positions that are really
** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){

  int iToken;                     /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */


  char *aPoslist = 0;             /* Position list for deferred tokens */
  int nPoslist = 0;               /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */

  int iPrev = -1;                 /* Token number of previous deferred token */

  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );

  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;

................................................................................
        }
      }
      iPrev = iToken;
    }
  }

  if( iPrev>=0 ){
    int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
    }else{
      int nDistance;
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
**
** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
** memory within this call.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){

  int rc;                         /* Error code */
  Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0];
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;

  if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
   && bOptOk==1 
   && p->nToken==1 
   && pFirst->pSegcsr 
................................................................................

  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
**
** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or 
** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
*/
static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;

  if( p->bIncr ){
    assert( p->nToken==1 );
................................................................................
      }
      pDL->pList = pIter;
      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
      pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList);

      /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
      ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
      ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
      ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
      ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
      ** fts3EvalNearTrim().  */
      while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;

      pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
      assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
      *pbEof = 0;
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
**
** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
**
** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
** code before returning.
*/
static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to initialize phrases in */


  int bOptOk,                     /* True to enable incremental loading */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      int i;
      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
        if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
................................................................................
      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc);
      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc);
      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
    }
  }
}

/*
** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
** token in the FTS expression.
**
** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in 
** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
*/
typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
  Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
  int nOvfl;                      /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
};

/*
** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
** SQLite error code.
*/
static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to consider */
  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,        /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,               /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */

  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr ){
    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
      int i;
      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
................................................................................
        (*ppOr)++;
      }
      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating 
** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
*/
static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
    ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
    ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
    **
    ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
    ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
    ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
    ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
    ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
    ** to right.
    */
    int rc;
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
    const char *pEnd;
    const char *a;
................................................................................
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }

  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be 
** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
** called.
**
** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the 
** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
** returned.
*/
static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Consider tokens with this root node */
  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,          /* Array of expression tokens and costs */

  int nTC                         /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
){



  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;

  int nDocSize = 0;               /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  int ii;                         /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
  int nOvfl = 0;                  /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
  int nToken = 0;                 /* Total number of tokens in cluster */



  int nMinEst = 0;                /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
  int nLoad4 = 1;                 /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */

  /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
  ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
  ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
      nToken++;
    }
  }
  if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;

  /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );


  /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order 
  ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer 
  ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
  ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
  **
  **   a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
  **      first iteration of this loop), or
  **
  **   b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
  **
  ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
  ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
  ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in 
  ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
  ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
  ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
  **
  ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
  ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
  **
  **    (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
  */
  for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){

    int iTC;                      /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;    /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */


    /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
    for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
      if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot 
       && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
      ){
        pTC = &aTC[iTC];
      }
    }
    assert( pTC );

    if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
      /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
      ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages 
      ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
      */
      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
      rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
      pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
    }else{
      nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
      if( ii==0 || pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 ){
        /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
        ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
        ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
        int nList = 0;
        char *pList = 0;
        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );

        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

          int nCount;
          fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
          nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
              pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
          );
          if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
        }
      }








    }
    pTC->pToken = 0;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
** the results of a query, the caller does:
**
**    fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
**    while( 1 ){
**      fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
**      if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
**      ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
**    }
*/
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nToken = 0;
  int nOr = 0;

  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);

  /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */



















  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){
    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
    Fts3Expr **apOr;
    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
    );
    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
................................................................................
    if( !aTC ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      int ii;
      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;

      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
      nToken = pTC-aTC;
      nOr = ppOr-apOr;

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
................................................................................
        }
      }

      sqlite3_free(aTC);
    }
  }

  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1, &rc);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
*/
static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
  }
  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
}

/*
** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
** condition. For example:
**
**     abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
**
** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
**
** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
**
** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit 
** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
** pPhrase.
*/
static int fts3EvalNearTrim(

  int nNear,                      /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
){
  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
................................................................................
    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
** or descending if it is non-zero.
**
** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
**
**   Fts3Expr.bEof                (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
**   Fts3Expr.iDocid              (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
**
** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
** for the phrase for the visited row:
**
**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList        (length of pList in bytes)
**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList        (pointer to position list)
**
** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
**
**   1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
**      entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
**      the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. 
**
**      Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
**      more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the 
**      next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
**      words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
**      is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", 
**      where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
**      is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
**
**   2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is 
**      advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
** 
** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is
** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
*/
static void fts3EvalNextRow(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;         /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
    pExpr->bStart = 1;

    switch( pExpr->eType ){
      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );

        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
          /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
          ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
          /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
          ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
        }else{
          /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
            if( iDiff<0 ){
              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
            }else{
              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
            }
          }
          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
        }
        break;
      }
  
      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);

        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );

        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
        }else{
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
        }

        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
        }else{
          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
        }

        break;
      }

      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;

        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
        }

        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
          while( !*pRc 
              && !pRight->bEof 
              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
          ){
            fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
          }
        }
        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
        break;
      }

      default: {
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
        fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
**
** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR 
** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists 
** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. 
**
** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not 
** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
** be edited if 0 is returned.
*/
static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
  int res = 1;

  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
  ** For example, the query:
  **
  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
................................................................................
  **                     |        |
  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
  **                |        |
  **               "w"      "x"
  **
  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
  ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
  */
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
   && pExpr->bEof==0
   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
  ){
    Fts3Expr *p; 
................................................................................
    }else{
      char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;

      for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
        int nNear = p->nNear;
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
  
      aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
      nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
      for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
        int nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = (
            p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
        );
        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
      }
    }

    sqlite3_free(aTmp);
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().
** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr 
** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to 
** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is 
** undefined.
*/



static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */



  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */















































































){




















  int bHit = 1;                   /* Return value */
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    switch( pExpr->eType ){
      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
      case FTSQUERY_AND:
        bHit = (
            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
         && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
        );

        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
................................................................................
        if( bHit==0 
         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
        ){
          Fts3Expr *p;
          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
              fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
            }
          }
          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
          }
        }

        break;

      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
        int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
        int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
        break;
      }

      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
        bHit = (
            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
         && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
        );
        break;

      default: {
        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
        ){
          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
          }
          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
        }else{
          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
        }
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  return bHit;
}

/*
** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
** following caveats:
**
**   * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
**     treated as "AND".
**
**   * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
**
**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
**
**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
**      it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
**
** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
** query, return 0.
*/
static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
  int rc = *pRc;
  int bMiss = 0;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

    /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
    ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
    ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
    ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
    ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). 
    */
    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
      }
    }
    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));

    /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
    *pRc = rc;
  }
  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
}

/*
** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
*/
static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
  if( pExpr==0 ){
    pCsr->isEof = 1;
  }else{
    do {
      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
      }
      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
**
** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
static void fts3EvalRestart(
................................................................................
  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
  int *pRc
){
  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;

    if( pPhrase ){
      fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
        assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 );
        assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr );
        sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr);
        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
      }

................................................................................

      do {
        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );

        /* Advance to the next document */
        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
           && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) 
      );

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
      }
    }

................................................................................
      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
      ** do loop can not be written:
      **
      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
      */
      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
      do {
        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
      fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
................................................................................
**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
  if( pPhrase ){
    int i;
    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
    fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
    }
  }
}

#if !SQLITE_CORE
/*
** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
*/
int sqlite3_extension_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg,
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
}
#endif

#endif

** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif




#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3




#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
#include "fts3_hash.h"

/*
** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
................................................................................
  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */

  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
} doclist;

/*
** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
*/
................................................................................
int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
#endif

/* fts3_aux.c */
int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);

int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
);

void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);

int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int);
int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);

int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol); 
int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */

** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
# include "sqlite3ext.h" 
extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
#endif

#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
#include "fts3_hash.h"

/*
** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
................................................................................
  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */

  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
};

/*
** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
*/
................................................................................
int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
#endif

/* fts3_aux.c */
int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);









void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);




int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol); 
int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);

#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */

#include "fts3Int.h"
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>

#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "fts3_hash.h"

/*
** Malloc and Free functions
*/
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);

#include "fts3Int.h"
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>


#include "fts3_hash.h"

/*
** Malloc and Free functions
*/
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);

** testing. It contains a Tcl command that can be used to test if a document
** matches an FTS NEAR expression.
*/

#include <tcl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>



/* Required so that the "ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3" below works */
#include "fts3Int.h"

#define NM_MAX_TOKEN 12

typedef struct NearPhrase NearPhrase;
................................................................................
int Sqlitetestfts3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "fts3_near_match", fts3_near_match_cmd, 0, 0);
  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
      "fts3_configure_incr_load", fts3_configure_incr_load_cmd, 0, 0
  );
  return TCL_OK;
}

** testing. It contains a Tcl command that can be used to test if a document
** matches an FTS NEAR expression.
*/

#include <tcl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST

/* Required so that the "ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3" below works */
#include "fts3Int.h"

#define NM_MAX_TOKEN 12

typedef struct NearPhrase NearPhrase;
................................................................................
int Sqlitetestfts3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "fts3_near_match", fts3_near_match_cmd, 0, 0);
  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
      "fts3_configure_incr_load", fts3_configure_incr_load_cmd, 0, 0
  );
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif                  /* ifdef SQLITE_TEST */

**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif
#include "fts3Int.h"

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>

/*
** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 

**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/




#include "fts3Int.h"

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>

/*
** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 

sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	echo '#ifndef USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE' >tclsqlite3.c
	cat sqlite3.c >>tclsqlite3.c
	echo '#endif /* USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE */' >>tclsqlite3.c
	cat $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c >>tclsqlite3.c




fts2amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl

fts3amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl

................................................................................

TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)

extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test









# Standard install and cleanup targets
#
install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
	mv sqlite3 /usr/bin
	mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib

sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
	echo '#ifndef USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE' >tclsqlite3.c
	cat sqlite3.c >>tclsqlite3.c
	echo '#endif /* USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE */' >>tclsqlite3.c
	cat $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c >>tclsqlite3.c

sqlite3-all.c:	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl

fts2amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl

fts3amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl

................................................................................

TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)

extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test

# This target will fail if the SQLite amalgamation contains any exported
# symbols that do not begin with "sqlite3_". It is run as part of the
# releasetest.tcl script.
#
checksymbols: sqlite3.o
	nm -g --defined-only sqlite3.o | grep -v " sqlite3_" ; test $$? -ne 0


# Standard install and cleanup targets
#
install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
	mv sqlite3 /usr/bin
	mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib

    ** the zStmt variable
    */
    if( pStart ){
      assert( pEnd!=0 );
      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
        pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
        pName->z);
    }else{
      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
      zStmt = 0;
    }

    ** the zStmt variable
    */
    if( pStart ){
      assert( pEnd!=0 );
      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
        (int)(pEnd->z - pName->z) + 1,
        pName->z);
    }else{
      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
      zStmt = 0;
    }

** routine will always fail.
*/
static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
  int rc;
#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
  struct tm *pX;

  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  pX = localtime(t);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
#endif
  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);

** routine will always fail.
*/
static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
  int rc;
#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
  struct tm *pX;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  pX = localtime(t);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
#endif
  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);

    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
    int regRowid;                   /* Actual register containing rowids */

    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK);


    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
    regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
    }
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
    int regRowid;                   /* Actual register containing rowids */

    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK
    );
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
    regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
    }
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

    Table *pTab;
    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;

    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }

    Table *pTab;
    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }

  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);

  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0);
  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  if( pWInfo ){
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);

  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0);
  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  if( pWInfo ){
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
# define sqlite3_create_module 0
# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0


#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
#define sqlite3_blob_write     0

#endif

/*
** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
** library.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
  sqlite3_wal_hook,
#else
  0,
  0,
  0,
#endif



};

/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
** of the default name is recommended.

# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
# define sqlite3_create_module 0
# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
#endif

/*
** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
** library.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
  sqlite3_wal_hook,
#else
  0,
  0,
  0,
#endif
  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
  sqlite3_vtab_config,
  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
};

/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
** of the default name is recommended.

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
  int i;
  u32 size, x;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
  i = p - mem3.aPool;
  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
................................................................................
  memsys3Leave();
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
  assert( pPrior );
  memsys3Enter();
  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys3Leave();
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  if( pPrior==0 ){
    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
  }
  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pPrior);

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
  int i;
  u32 size, x;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
  i = p - mem3.aPool;
  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
................................................................................
  memsys3Leave();
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
  assert( pPrior );
  memsys3Enter();
  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys3Leave();
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  if( pPrior==0 ){
    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
  }
  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pPrior);

){
  int rc;
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  /* 0x87f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
  ** reaching the VFS. */
  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f3f, pFlagsOut);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
  return rc;
}
int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
int sqlite3OsAccess(

){
  int rc;
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  /* 0x87f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
  ** reaching the VFS. */
  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
  return rc;
}
int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
int sqlite3OsAccess(

  case EIO:
  case EBADF:
  case EINVAL:
  case ENOTCONN:
  case ENODEV:
  case ENXIO:
  case ENOENT:

  case ESTALE:

  case ENOSYS:
    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
    
  default: 
    return sqliteIOErr;
  }
}
................................................................................
*/
static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
    int i;
    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
    if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
      if( p->h>=0 ){
        munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
      }
    }

  case EIO:
  case EBADF:
  case EINVAL:
  case ENOTCONN:
  case ENODEV:
  case ENXIO:
  case ENOENT:
#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
  case ESTALE:
#endif
  case ENOSYS:
    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
    
  default: 
    return sqliteIOErr;
  }
}
................................................................................
*/
static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
    int i;
    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
      if( p->h>=0 ){
        munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
      }
    }

  sqlite3_log(errcode,
      "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
  );

  return errcode;
}

















































#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
/*
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */


  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));

  if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){
    return SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){

    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, "winRead", pFile->zPath);
  }

  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
){
  int rc;                         /* True if error has occured, else false */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */


  assert( amt>0 );
  assert( pFile );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);

  OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
................................................................................

  rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset);
  if( rc==0 ){
    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */


    while( nRem>0 && WriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) && nWrite>0 ){




      aRem += nWrite;
      nRem -= nWrite;
    }
    if( nRem>0 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
      rc = 1;
    }
................................................................................

  if( rc ){
    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, "winWrite", pFile->zPath);


  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
................................................................................
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      winTruncate(id, sz);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
      return SQLITE_OK;














    }
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
................................................................................
** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
** up and returning an error.
*/
#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
static int winDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
){
  int cnt = 0;
  DWORD rc;
  DWORD error = 0;
  void *zConverted;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);

  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( isNT() ){
    do{
      DeleteFileW(zConverted);
    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
           && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
  }else{
    do{


      DeleteFileA(zConverted);
    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
           && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#endif
  }





  free(zConverted);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename,
       ( (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (error==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ?
         "ok" : "failed" ));
 
  return (   (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) 
          && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK :
                 winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "winDelete", zFilename);
}

/*
** Check the existance and status of a file.
*/
static int winAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */

  sqlite3_log(errcode,
      "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
  );

  return errcode;
}

/*
** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
#endif
static int win32IoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
static int win32IoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;

/*
** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
** to give up with an error.
*/
static int retryIoerr(int *pnRetry){
  DWORD e;
  if( *pnRetry>=win32IoerrRetry ){
    return 0;
  }
  e = GetLastError();
  if( e==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED ||
      e==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION ||
      e==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION ){
    Sleep(win32IoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
    ++*pnRetry;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Log a I/O error retry episode.
*/
static void logIoerr(int nRetry){
  if( nRetry ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
      win32IoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
    );
  }
}

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
/*
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */

  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));

  if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){
    return SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  while( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
    if( retryIoerr(&nRetry) ) continue;
    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, "winRead", pFile->zPath);
  }
  logIoerr(nRetry);
  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
){
  int rc;                         /* True if error has occured, else false */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */

  assert( amt>0 );
  assert( pFile );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);

  OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
................................................................................

  rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset);
  if( rc==0 ){
    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */

    while( nRem>0 ){
      if( !WriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
        if( retryIoerr(&nRetry) ) continue;
        break;
      }
      if( nWrite<=0 ) break;
      aRem += nWrite;
      nRem -= nWrite;
    }
    if( nRem>0 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
      rc = 1;
    }
................................................................................

  if( rc ){
    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, "winWrite", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
    logIoerr(nRetry);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
................................................................................
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      winTruncate(id, sz);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
      int *a = (int*)pArg;
      if( a[0]>0 ){
        win32IoerrRetry = a[0];
      }else{
        a[0] = win32IoerrRetry;
      }
      if( a[1]>0 ){
        win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
................................................................................
** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
** up and returning an error.
*/

static int winDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
){
  int cnt = 0;
  int rc;

  void *zConverted;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);

  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( isNT() ){
    rc = 1;
    while( GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
           (rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt) ){}
    rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;


/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
  }else{

    rc = 1;
    while( GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
           (rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt) ){}

    rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;


#endif
  }
  if( rc ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "winDelete", zFilename);
  }else{
    logIoerr(cnt);
  }
  free(zConverted);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" )));



  return rc;


}

/*
** Check the existance and status of a file.
*/
static int winAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */

    }
  
    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
    */
    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
      if( pItem->pSelect ){


        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;








        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;




      }
    }
  
    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
    */
    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );

    }
  
    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
    */
    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
      if( pItem->pSelect ){
        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;

        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
        ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;

        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;

        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
        assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
        pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
      }
    }
  
    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
    */
    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );

  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */

  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
................................................................................
    }
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
    return rc;
  }
#endif

  /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
  ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does.
  */
  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 );
  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ){
    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
  }

  /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
  ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY
  ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order.  This is
  ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
  ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER
  ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes.
  */
  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0
         && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){
    pOrderBy = 0;
  }

























  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
................................................................................
  p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);

  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
  */
  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
    assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
                        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
  }else{
    distinct = -1;
  }

  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries

    ** Begin the database scan
    */
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
    if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut;

    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
    ** into an OP_Noop.
    */
    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
    }













































    /* Use the standard inner loop
    */
    assert(!isDistinct);
    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest,
                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);

    /* End the database scan loop.
    */
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }else{
    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
................................................................................

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
        */
        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
................................................................................
        }
  
        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
        ** of output.
        */
        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        if( !pMinMax && flag ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);

  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
  int addrDistinctIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
................................................................................
    }
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
    return rc;
  }
#endif











  /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
  ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY
  ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order.  This is
  ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
  ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER
  ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes.
  */
  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0
         && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){
    pOrderBy = 0;
  }

  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
  **
  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
  **
  ** is transformed to:
  **
  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz
  **
  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
  */
  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pOrderBy, p->pEList)==0
  ){
    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
    pOrderBy = 0;
  }

  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
................................................................................
  p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);

  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
  */
  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;

    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
    addrDistinctIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
  }else{
    distinct = addrDistinctIndex = -1;
  }

  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    ExprList *pDist = (isDistinct ? p->pEList : 0);

    /* Begin the database scan. */

    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, pDist, 0);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
    if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut;

    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
    ** into an OP_Noop.
    */
    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
    }

    if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
      VdbeOp *pOp;                /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
     
      assert( addrDistinctIndex>0 );
      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex);

      assert( isDistinct );
      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 
           || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 
      );
      distinct = -1;
      if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){
        int iJump;
        int iExpr;
        int iFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
        int iBase = pParse->nMem+1;
        int iBase2 = iBase + pEList->nExpr;
        pParse->nMem += (pEList->nExpr*2);

        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Integer. The
        ** OP_Integer initializes the "first row" flag.  */
        pOp->opcode = OP_Integer;
        pOp->p1 = 1;
        pOp->p2 = iFlag;

        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, iBase, 1);
        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1 + pEList->nExpr + 1 + 1;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, iFlag, iJump-1);
        for(iExpr=0; iExpr<pEList->nExpr; iExpr++){
          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[iExpr].pExpr);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iBase+iExpr, iJump, iBase2+iExpr);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iContinue);

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iFlag);
        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, iBase, iBase2, pEList->nExpr);
      }else{
        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
      }
    }

    /* Use the standard inner loop. */


    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest,
                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);

    /* End the database scan loop.
    */
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }else{
    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
................................................................................

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0);
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
        */
        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
................................................................................
        }
  
        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
        ** of output.
        */
        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, 0, flag);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        if( !pMinMax && flag ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);

  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif



;
static void usage(int showDetail){
  fprintf(stderr,
      "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n"  
      "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n"
      "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0);
  if( showDetail ){
................................................................................
         const char *zOldVfsName,
         int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),
         void *pOutArg,
         int makeDefault
      );
      vfstrace_register("trace",0,(int(*)(const char*,void*))fputs,stderr,1);
#endif





    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-vfs")==0 ){
      sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(argv[++i]);
      if( pVfs ){
        sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1);
      }else{
        fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
        exit(1);
................................................................................
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      i++;

    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      i++;





    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 || strcmp(z, "--help")==0 ){
      usage(1);
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
      return 1;
    }

  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
;
static void usage(int showDetail){
  fprintf(stderr,
      "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n"  
      "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n"
      "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0);
  if( showDetail ){
................................................................................
         const char *zOldVfsName,
         int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),
         void *pOutArg,
         int makeDefault
      );
      vfstrace_register("trace",0,(int(*)(const char*,void*))fputs,stderr,1);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-multiplex")==0 ){
      extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int);
      sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1);
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-vfs")==0 ){
      sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(argv[++i]);
      if( pVfs ){
        sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1);
      }else{
        fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
        exit(1);
................................................................................
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      i++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      i++;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){
      i++;
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 || strcmp(z, "--help")==0 ){
      usage(1);
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
      return 1;
    }

** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
** that do require it.  

















*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT        5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE       6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER     7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED     8


/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only

** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
** that do require it.  
**
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
** windows [VFS] in order to work to provide robustness against
** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
** file write, and file delete opertions up to 10 times, with a delay
** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
** opcode allows those to values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
** 
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT        5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE       6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER     7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED     8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY   9

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only

  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);



};

/*
** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
**
** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook



#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */

#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;

#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
};

/*
** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
**
** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */

#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;

#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x02        /* Disable the column cache */
#define SQLITE_IndexSort      0x04        /* Disable indexes for sorting */
#define SQLITE_IndexSearch    0x08        /* Disable indexes for searching */
#define SQLITE_IndexCover     0x10        /* Disable index covering table */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x20        /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40        /* Disable factoring out constants */
#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x80        /* Store REAL as INT in indices */

#define SQLITE_OptMask        0xff        /* Mask of all disablable opts */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
................................................................................
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    u8 notIndexed;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
................................................................................
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
  u8 untestedTerms;    /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */

  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
  double savedNQueryLoop;        /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
  double nRowOut;                /* Estimated number of output rows */
  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
};




/*
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
................................................................................
int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
#endif
void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16);
void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);

#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x02        /* Disable the column cache */
#define SQLITE_IndexSort      0x04        /* Disable indexes for sorting */
#define SQLITE_IndexSearch    0x08        /* Disable indexes for searching */
#define SQLITE_IndexCover     0x10        /* Disable index covering table */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x20        /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40        /* Disable factoring out constants */
#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x80        /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x80        /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_OptMask        0xff        /* Mask of all disablable opts */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
................................................................................
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    u8 notIndexed;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
    u8 isCorrelated;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
................................................................................
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
  u8 untestedTerms;    /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
  u8 eDistinct;
  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
  double savedNQueryLoop;        /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
  double nRowOut;                /* Estimated number of output rows */
  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
};

#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2

/*
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
................................................................................
int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
#endif
void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**,ExprList*,u16);
void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);

};

typedef struct IncrblobChannel IncrblobChannel;

/*
** There is one instance of this structure for each SQLite database
** that has been opened by the SQLite TCL interface.





*/
typedef struct SqliteDb SqliteDb;
struct SqliteDb {
  sqlite3 *db;               /* The "real" database structure. MUST BE FIRST */
  Tcl_Interp *interp;        /* The interpreter used for this database */
  char *zBusy;               /* The busy callback routine */
  char *zCommit;             /* The commit hook callback routine */
................................................................................
  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtList; /* List of prepared statements*/
  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtLast; /* Last statement in the list */
  int maxStmt;               /* The next maximum number of stmtList */
  int nStmt;                 /* Number of statements in stmtList */
  IncrblobChannel *pIncrblob;/* Linked list of open incrblob channels */
  int nStep, nSort, nIndex;  /* Statistics for most recent operation */
  int nTransaction;          /* Number of nested [transaction] methods */



};

struct IncrblobChannel {
  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;      /* sqlite3 blob handle */
  SqliteDb *pDb;            /* Associated database connection */
  int iSeek;                /* Current seek offset */
  Tcl_Channel channel;      /* Channel identifier */
................................................................................
  }
  pNew->interp = pDb->interp;
  pNew->pScript = 0;
  pNew->pNext = pDb->pFunc;
  pDb->pFunc = pNew;
  return pNew;
}














/*
** Finalize and free a list of prepared statements
*/
static void flushStmtCache( SqliteDb *pDb ){
  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;


  while(  pDb->stmtList ){
    sqlite3_finalize( pDb->stmtList->pStmt );
    pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList;
    pDb->stmtList = pDb->stmtList->pNext;
    Tcl_Free( (char*)pPreStmt );
  }
  pDb->nStmt = 0;
  pDb->stmtLast = 0;

}

/*
** TCL calls this procedure when an sqlite3 database command is
** deleted.
*/
static void DbDeleteCmd(void *db){
................................................................................
    }
    sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0, 0);
  }
  pDb->disableAuth--;

  return rc;
}






















/*
** Search the cache for a prepared-statement object that implements the
** first SQL statement in the buffer pointed to by parameter zIn. If
** no such prepared-statement can be found, allocate and prepare a new
** one. In either case, bind the current values of the relevant Tcl
** variables to any $var, :var or @var variables in the statement. Before
................................................................................
  }
  
  /* If no prepared statement was found. Compile the SQL text. Also allocate
  ** a new SqlPreparedStmt structure.  */
  if( pPreStmt==0 ){
    int nByte;

    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare_v2(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, pzOut) ){
      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
      return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if( pStmt==0 ){
      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
        /* A compile-time error in the statement. */
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
................................................................................
    pPreStmt = (SqlPreparedStmt*)Tcl_Alloc(nByte);
    memset(pPreStmt, 0, nByte);

    pPreStmt->pStmt = pStmt;
    pPreStmt->nSql = (*pzOut - zSql);
    pPreStmt->zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
    pPreStmt->apParm = (Tcl_Obj **)&pPreStmt[1];








  }
  assert( pPreStmt );
  assert( strlen30(pPreStmt->zSql)==pPreStmt->nSql );
  assert( 0==memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql) );

  /* Bind values to parameters that begin with $ or : */  
  for(i=1; i<=nVar; i++){
................................................................................
  }
  pPreStmt->nParm = iParm;
  *ppPreStmt = pPreStmt;

  return TCL_OK;
}


/*
** Release a statement reference obtained by calling dbPrepareAndBind().
** There should be exactly one call to this function for each call to
** dbPrepareAndBind().
**
** If the discard parameter is non-zero, then the statement is deleted
** immediately. Otherwise it is added to the LRU list and may be returned
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<pPreStmt->nParm; i++){
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pPreStmt->apParm[i]);
  }
  pPreStmt->nParm = 0;

  if( pDb->maxStmt<=0 || discard ){
    /* If the cache is turned off, deallocated the statement */
    sqlite3_finalize(pPreStmt->pStmt);
    Tcl_Free((char *)pPreStmt);
  }else{
    /* Add the prepared statement to the beginning of the cache list. */
    pPreStmt->pNext = pDb->stmtList;
    pPreStmt->pPrev = 0;
    if( pDb->stmtList ){
     pDb->stmtList->pPrev = pPreStmt;
    }
................................................................................
      assert( pDb->nStmt>0 );
    }
    pDb->nStmt++;
   
    /* If we have too many statement in cache, remove the surplus from 
    ** the end of the cache list.  */
    while( pDb->nStmt>pDb->maxStmt ){
      sqlite3_finalize(pDb->stmtLast->pStmt);
      pDb->stmtLast = pDb->stmtLast->pPrev;
      Tcl_Free((char*)pDb->stmtLast->pNext);
      pDb->stmtLast->pNext = 0;
      pDb->nStmt--;

    }
  }
}

/*
** Structure used with dbEvalXXX() functions:
**
................................................................................
** A return value of TCL_OK means there is a row of data available. The
** data may be accessed using dbEvalRowInfo() and dbEvalColumnValue(). This
** is analogous to a return of SQLITE_ROW from sqlite3_step(). If TCL_BREAK
** is returned, then the SQL script has finished executing and there are
** no further rows available. This is similar to SQLITE_DONE.
*/
static int dbEvalStep(DbEvalContext *p){


  while( p->zSql[0] || p->pPreStmt ){
    int rc;
    if( p->pPreStmt==0 ){

      rc = dbPrepareAndBind(p->pDb, p->zSql, &p->zSql, &p->pPreStmt);
      if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
    }else{
      int rcs;
      SqliteDb *pDb = p->pDb;
      SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt = p->pPreStmt;
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
................................................................................
      pDb->nIndex = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,1);
      dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
      p->pPreStmt = 0;

      if( rcs!=SQLITE_OK ){
        /* If a run-time error occurs, report the error and stop reading
        ** the SQL.  */
        Tcl_SetObjResult(pDb->interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 1);












        return TCL_ERROR;
      }else{
        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 0);
      }
    }
  }

................................................................................
      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
      if( b ){
        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
      }else{
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
      }
   }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-fullmutex")==0 ){
      int b;
      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
      if( b ){
        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
      }else{
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
................................................................................
  if( !slave ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  init_all(slave);
  return TCL_OK;
}






































#endif

/*
** Configure the interpreter passed as the first argument to have access
** to the commands and linked variables that make up:
**
**   * the [sqlite3] extension itself, 
................................................................................
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
    TestSession_Init(interp);
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
    Sqlitetestfts3_Init(interp);
#endif


    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"load_testfixture_extensions",init_all_cmd,0,0);





#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
    Sqlitetestsse_Init(interp);
#endif
  }
#endif
}

};

typedef struct IncrblobChannel IncrblobChannel;

/*
** There is one instance of this structure for each SQLite database
** that has been opened by the SQLite TCL interface.
**
** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined (to create the SQLite
** testfixture executable), then it may be configured to use either
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or sqlite3_prepare() to prepare SQL statements.
** If SqliteDb.bLegacyPrepare is true, sqlite3_prepare() is used.
*/
typedef struct SqliteDb SqliteDb;
struct SqliteDb {
  sqlite3 *db;               /* The "real" database structure. MUST BE FIRST */
  Tcl_Interp *interp;        /* The interpreter used for this database */
  char *zBusy;               /* The busy callback routine */
  char *zCommit;             /* The commit hook callback routine */
................................................................................
  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtList; /* List of prepared statements*/
  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtLast; /* Last statement in the list */
  int maxStmt;               /* The next maximum number of stmtList */
  int nStmt;                 /* Number of statements in stmtList */
  IncrblobChannel *pIncrblob;/* Linked list of open incrblob channels */
  int nStep, nSort, nIndex;  /* Statistics for most recent operation */
  int nTransaction;          /* Number of nested [transaction] methods */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  int bLegacyPrepare;        /* True to use sqlite3_prepare() */
#endif
};

struct IncrblobChannel {
  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;      /* sqlite3 blob handle */
  SqliteDb *pDb;            /* Associated database connection */
  int iSeek;                /* Current seek offset */
  Tcl_Channel channel;      /* Channel identifier */
................................................................................
  }
  pNew->interp = pDb->interp;
  pNew->pScript = 0;
  pNew->pNext = pDb->pFunc;
  pDb->pFunc = pNew;
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Free a single SqlPreparedStmt object.
*/
static void dbFreeStmt(SqlPreparedStmt *pStmt){
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_sql(pStmt->pStmt)==0 ){
    Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt->zSql);
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt->pStmt);
  Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt);
}

/*
** Finalize and free a list of prepared statements
*/
static void flushStmtCache(SqliteDb *pDb){
  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;
  SqlPreparedStmt *pNext;


  for(pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList; pPreStmt; pPreStmt=pNext){
    pNext = pPreStmt->pNext;
    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);

  }
  pDb->nStmt = 0;
  pDb->stmtLast = 0;
  pDb->stmtList = 0;
}

/*
** TCL calls this procedure when an sqlite3 database command is
** deleted.
*/
static void DbDeleteCmd(void *db){
................................................................................
    }
    sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0, 0);
  }
  pDb->disableAuth--;

  return rc;
}

/*
** Unless SQLITE_TEST is defined, this function is a simple wrapper around
** sqlite3_prepare_v2(). If SQLITE_TEST is defined, then it uses either
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or legacy interface sqlite3_prepare(), depending
** on whether or not the [db_use_legacy_prepare] command has been used to 
** configure the connection.
*/
static int dbPrepare(
  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database object */
  const char *zSql,               /* SQL to compile */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,          /* OUT: Prepared statement */
  const char **pzOut              /* OUT: Pointer to next SQL statement */
){
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( pDb->bLegacyPrepare ){
    return sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
  }
#endif
  return sqlite3_prepare_v2(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
}

/*
** Search the cache for a prepared-statement object that implements the
** first SQL statement in the buffer pointed to by parameter zIn. If
** no such prepared-statement can be found, allocate and prepare a new
** one. In either case, bind the current values of the relevant Tcl
** variables to any $var, :var or @var variables in the statement. Before
................................................................................
  }
  
  /* If no prepared statement was found. Compile the SQL text. Also allocate
  ** a new SqlPreparedStmt structure.  */
  if( pPreStmt==0 ){
    int nByte;

    if( SQLITE_OK!=dbPrepare(pDb, zSql, &pStmt, pzOut) ){
      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
      return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if( pStmt==0 ){
      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
        /* A compile-time error in the statement. */
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
................................................................................
    pPreStmt = (SqlPreparedStmt*)Tcl_Alloc(nByte);
    memset(pPreStmt, 0, nByte);

    pPreStmt->pStmt = pStmt;
    pPreStmt->nSql = (*pzOut - zSql);
    pPreStmt->zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
    pPreStmt->apParm = (Tcl_Obj **)&pPreStmt[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    if( pPreStmt->zSql==0 ){
      char *zCopy = Tcl_Alloc(pPreStmt->nSql + 1);
      memcpy(zCopy, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql);
      zCopy[pPreStmt->nSql] = '\0';
      pPreStmt->zSql = zCopy;
    }
#endif
  }
  assert( pPreStmt );
  assert( strlen30(pPreStmt->zSql)==pPreStmt->nSql );
  assert( 0==memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql) );

  /* Bind values to parameters that begin with $ or : */  
  for(i=1; i<=nVar; i++){
................................................................................
  }
  pPreStmt->nParm = iParm;
  *ppPreStmt = pPreStmt;

  return TCL_OK;
}


/*
** Release a statement reference obtained by calling dbPrepareAndBind().
** There should be exactly one call to this function for each call to
** dbPrepareAndBind().
**
** If the discard parameter is non-zero, then the statement is deleted
** immediately. Otherwise it is added to the LRU list and may be returned
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<pPreStmt->nParm; i++){
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pPreStmt->apParm[i]);
  }
  pPreStmt->nParm = 0;

  if( pDb->maxStmt<=0 || discard ){
    /* If the cache is turned off, deallocated the statement */

    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);
  }else{
    /* Add the prepared statement to the beginning of the cache list. */
    pPreStmt->pNext = pDb->stmtList;
    pPreStmt->pPrev = 0;
    if( pDb->stmtList ){
     pDb->stmtList->pPrev = pPreStmt;
    }
................................................................................
      assert( pDb->nStmt>0 );
    }
    pDb->nStmt++;
   
    /* If we have too many statement in cache, remove the surplus from 
    ** the end of the cache list.  */
    while( pDb->nStmt>pDb->maxStmt ){

      SqlPreparedStmt *pLast = pDb->stmtLast;
      pDb->stmtLast = pLast->pPrev;
      pDb->stmtLast->pNext = 0;
      pDb->nStmt--;
      dbFreeStmt(pLast);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Structure used with dbEvalXXX() functions:
**
................................................................................
** A return value of TCL_OK means there is a row of data available. The
** data may be accessed using dbEvalRowInfo() and dbEvalColumnValue(). This
** is analogous to a return of SQLITE_ROW from sqlite3_step(). If TCL_BREAK
** is returned, then the SQL script has finished executing and there are
** no further rows available. This is similar to SQLITE_DONE.
*/
static int dbEvalStep(DbEvalContext *p){
  const char *zPrevSql = 0;       /* Previous value of p->zSql */

  while( p->zSql[0] || p->pPreStmt ){
    int rc;
    if( p->pPreStmt==0 ){
      zPrevSql = (p->zSql==zPrevSql ? 0 : p->zSql);
      rc = dbPrepareAndBind(p->pDb, p->zSql, &p->zSql, &p->pPreStmt);
      if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
    }else{
      int rcs;
      SqliteDb *pDb = p->pDb;
      SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt = p->pPreStmt;
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
................................................................................
      pDb->nIndex = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,1);
      dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
      p->pPreStmt = 0;

      if( rcs!=SQLITE_OK ){
        /* If a run-time error occurs, report the error and stop reading
        ** the SQL.  */

        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 1);
#if SQLITE_TEST
        if( p->pDb->bLegacyPrepare && rcs==SQLITE_SCHEMA && zPrevSql ){
          /* If the runtime error was an SQLITE_SCHEMA, and the database
          ** handle is configured to use the legacy sqlite3_prepare() 
          ** interface, retry prepare()/step() on the same SQL statement.
          ** This only happens once. If there is a second SQLITE_SCHEMA
          ** error, the error will be returned to the caller. */
          p->zSql = zPrevSql;
          continue;
        }
#endif
        Tcl_SetObjResult(pDb->interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
        return TCL_ERROR;
      }else{
        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 0);
      }
    }
  }

................................................................................
      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
      if( b ){
        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
      }else{
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
      }
    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-fullmutex")==0 ){
      int b;
      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
      if( b ){
        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
      }else{
        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
................................................................................
  if( !slave ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  init_all(slave);
  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** Tclcmd: db_use_legacy_prepare DB BOOLEAN
**
**   The first argument to this command must be a database command created by
**   [sqlite3]. If the second argument is true, then the handle is configured
**   to use the sqlite3_prepare_v2() function to prepare statements. If it
**   is false, sqlite3_prepare().
*/
static int db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd(
  ClientData cd,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
  SqliteDb *pDb;
  int bPrepare;

  if( objc!=3 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB BOOLEAN");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such db: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pDb = (SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &bPrepare) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  pDb->bLegacyPrepare = bPrepare;

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** Configure the interpreter passed as the first argument to have access
** to the commands and linked variables that make up:
**
**   * the [sqlite3] extension itself, 
................................................................................
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK)
    TestSession_Init(interp);
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
    Sqlitetestfts3_Init(interp);
#endif

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
        interp, "load_testfixture_extensions", init_all_cmd, 0, 0
    );
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
        interp, "db_use_legacy_prepare", db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd, 0, 0
    );

#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
    Sqlitetestsse_Init(interp);
#endif
  }
#endif
}

      return TCL_ERROR;
    }
  }
#endif
  return TCL_OK;  
}



































/*
** tclcmd:   sqlite3_vfs_list
**
**   Return a tcl list containing the names of all registered vfs's.
*/
static int vfs_list(
................................................................................
    }
  }

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  return TCL_OK;
}


























































































/*
**      optimization_control DB OPT BOOLEAN
**
** Enable or disable query optimizations using the sqlite3_test_control()
** interface.  Disable if BOOLEAN is false and enable if BOOLEAN is true.
** OPT is the name of the optimization to be disabled.
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_extended_result_codes", test_extended_result_codes, 0},
     { "sqlite3_limit",                 test_limit,                 0},

     { "save_prng_state",               save_prng_state,    0 },
     { "restore_prng_state",            restore_prng_state, 0 },
     { "reset_prng_state",              reset_prng_state,   0 },
     { "optimization_control",          optimization_control,0},



     { "tcl_objproc",                   runAsObjProc,       0 },

     /* sqlite3_column_*() API */
     { "sqlite3_column_count",          test_column_count  ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_data_count",            test_data_count    ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_column_type",           test_column_type   ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_column_blob",           test_column_blob   ,0 },
................................................................................
     { "vfs_initfail_test",          vfs_initfail_test,   0   },
     { "vfs_unregister_all",         vfs_unregister_all,  0   },
     { "vfs_reregister_all",         vfs_reregister_all,  0   },
     { "file_control_test",          file_control_test,   0   },
     { "file_control_lasterrno_test", file_control_lasterrno_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_lockproxy_test", file_control_lockproxy_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_chunksize_test", file_control_chunksize_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_sizehint_test", file_control_sizehint_test,  0   },

     { "sqlite3_vfs_list",           vfs_list,     0   },
     { "sqlite3_create_function_v2", test_create_function_v2, 0 },

     /* Functions from os.h */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },

      return TCL_ERROR;
    }
  }
#endif
  return TCL_OK;  
}

/*
** tclcmd:   file_control_win32_av_retry DB  NRETRY  DELAY
**
** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface with
** the SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY opcode.
*/
static int file_control_win32_av_retry(
  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;
  int a[2];
  char z[100];

  if( objc!=4 ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB NRETRY DELAY", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &a[0]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &a[1]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY, (void*)a);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%d %d %d", rc, a[0], a[1]);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, (char*)0);
  return TCL_OK;  
}


/*
** tclcmd:   sqlite3_vfs_list
**
**   Return a tcl list containing the names of all registered vfs's.
*/
static int vfs_list(
................................................................................
    }
  }

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  return TCL_OK;
}

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
/*
** Information passed from the main thread into the windows file locker
** background thread.
*/
struct win32FileLocker {
  HANDLE h;           /* Handle of the file to be locked */
  int delay1;         /* Delay before locking */
  int delay2;         /* Delay before unlocking */
  int ok;             /* Finished ok */
  int err;            /* True if an error occurs */
};
#endif


#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
/*
** The background thread that does file locking.
*/
static void win32_file_locker(void *pAppData){
  struct win32FileLocker *p = (struct win32FileLocker*)pAppData;
  if( p->delay1 ) Sleep(p->delay1);
  if( LockFile(p->h, 0, 0, 100000000, 0) ){
    Sleep(p->delay2);
    UnlockFile(p->h, 0, 0, 100000000, 0);
    p->ok = 1;
  }else{
    p->err = 1;
  }
  CloseHandle(p->h);
  p->h = 0;
  p->delay1 = 0;
  p->delay2 = 0;
}
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
/*
**      lock_win32_file FILENAME DELAY1 DELAY2
**
** Get an exclusive manditory lock on file for DELAY2 milliseconds.
** Wait DELAY1 milliseconds before acquiring the lock.
*/
static int win32_file_lock(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  static struct win32FileLocker x = { 0, 0, 0 };
  const char *zFilename;
  int retry = 0;
  
  if( objc!=4 && objc!=1 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME DELAY1 DELAY2");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( objc==1 ){
    char zBuf[200];
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d %d %d %d %d",
                     x.ok, x.err, x.delay1, x.delay2, x.h);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
    return TCL_OK;
  }
  while( x.h && retry<30 ){
    retry++;
    Sleep(100);
  }
  if( x.h ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "busy", (char*)0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x.delay1) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x.delay2) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
  x.h = CreateFile(zFilename, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
              FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, 0, OPEN_ALWAYS,
              FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0);
  if( !x.h ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open file: ", zFilename, (char*)0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  _beginthread(win32_file_locker, 0, (void*)&x);
  Sleep(0);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif


/*
**      optimization_control DB OPT BOOLEAN
**
** Enable or disable query optimizations using the sqlite3_test_control()
** interface.  Disable if BOOLEAN is false and enable if BOOLEAN is true.
** OPT is the name of the optimization to be disabled.
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_extended_result_codes", test_extended_result_codes, 0},
     { "sqlite3_limit",                 test_limit,                 0},

     { "save_prng_state",               save_prng_state,    0 },
     { "restore_prng_state",            restore_prng_state, 0 },
     { "reset_prng_state",              reset_prng_state,   0 },
     { "optimization_control",          optimization_control,0},
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
     { "lock_win32_file",               win32_file_lock,    0 },
#endif
     { "tcl_objproc",                   runAsObjProc,       0 },

     /* sqlite3_column_*() API */
     { "sqlite3_column_count",          test_column_count  ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_data_count",            test_data_count    ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_column_type",           test_column_type   ,0 },
     { "sqlite3_column_blob",           test_column_blob   ,0 },
................................................................................
     { "vfs_initfail_test",          vfs_initfail_test,   0   },
     { "vfs_unregister_all",         vfs_unregister_all,  0   },
     { "vfs_reregister_all",         vfs_reregister_all,  0   },
     { "file_control_test",          file_control_test,   0   },
     { "file_control_lasterrno_test", file_control_lasterrno_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_lockproxy_test", file_control_lockproxy_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_chunksize_test", file_control_chunksize_test,  0   },
     { "file_control_sizehint_test",  file_control_sizehint_test,   0   },
     { "file_control_win32_av_retry", file_control_win32_av_retry,  0   },
     { "sqlite3_vfs_list",           vfs_list,     0   },
     { "sqlite3_create_function_v2", test_create_function_v2, 0 },

     /* Functions from os.h */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },

  LINKVAR( MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
  LINKVAR( MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT );
  LINKVAR( MAX_ATTACHED );


  {
    static const int cv_TEMP_STORE = SQLITE_TEMP_STORE;
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "TEMP_STORE", (char *)&(cv_TEMP_STORE),
                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  }
}

  LINKVAR( MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
  LINKVAR( MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE );
  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT );
  LINKVAR( MAX_ATTACHED );
  LINKVAR( MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE );

  {
    static const int cv_TEMP_STORE = SQLITE_TEMP_STORE;
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "TEMP_STORE", (char *)&(cv_TEMP_STORE),
                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  }
}

** The multiplex VFS allows databases up to 32 GiB in size.  But it splits
** the files up into 1 GiB pieces, so that they will work even on filesystems
** that do not support large files.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>

#include "test_multiplex.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
#endif
#include "sqlite3ext.h"

................................................................................
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 */


/************************ Shim Definitions ******************************/


#define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME "multiplex"


/* This is the limit on the chunk size.  It may be changed by calling
** the xFileControl() interface.  It will be rounded up to a 
** multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE.  We default it here to 1GB.
*/

#define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE (MAX_PAGE_SIZE*16384)


/* Default limit on number of chunks.  Care should be taken
** so that values for chunks numbers fit in the SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT
** format specifier. It may be changed by calling
** the xFileControl() interface.
*/

#define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS 32


/* If SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR is defined, the 
** last SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ characters of the 
** filename will be overwritten, otherwise, the 
** multiplex extension is simply appended to the filename.
** Ex.  (undefined) test.db -> test.db01
**      (defined)   test.db -> test.01
................................................................................
** makeup a single SQLite DB file.  This allows the size of the DB
** to exceed the limits imposed by the file system.
**
** There is an instance of the following object for each defined multiplex
** group.
*/
struct multiplexGroup {
  sqlite3_file **pReal;            /* Handles to each chunk */
  char *bOpen;                     /* array of bools - 0 if chunk not opened */



  char *zName;                     /* Base filename of this group */
  int nName;                       /* Length of base filename */
  int flags;                       /* Flags used for original opening */
  int nChunkSize;                  /* Chunk size used for this group */
  int nMaxChunks;                  /* Max number of chunks for this group */
  int bEnabled;                    /* TRUE to use Multiplex VFS for this file */
  multiplexGroup *pNext, *pPrev;   /* Doubly linked list of all group objects */
};

/*
** An instance of the following object represents each open connection
** to a file that is multiplex'ed.  This object is a 
................................................................................
  ** shim, the following mutex must be held.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;

  /* List of multiplexGroup objects.
  */
  multiplexGroup *pGroups;

  /* Storage for temp file names.  Allocated during 
  ** initialization to the max pathname of the underlying VFS.
  */
  char *zName;

} gMultiplex;

/************************* Utility Routines *********************************/
/*
** Acquire and release the mutex used to serialize access to the
** list of multiplexGroups.
*/
................................................................................
    j = multiplexStrlen30(zBuf);
    if( (j + 8 + 1 + 3 + 1) <= nBuf ){
      /* Make 3 attempts to generate a unique name. */
      do {
        attempts++;
        sqlite3_randomness(8, &zBuf[j]);
        for(i=0; i<8; i++){
          zBuf[j+i] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j+i])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];

        }
        memcpy(&zBuf[j+i], ".tmp", 5);
        rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, zBuf, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
      } while ( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && exists && (attempts<3) );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/* Translate an sqlite3_file* that is really a multiplexGroup* into
** the sqlite3_file* for the underlying original VFS.
*/

static sqlite3_file *multiplexSubOpen(multiplexConn *pConn, int iChunk, int *rc, int *pOutFlags){
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = pConn->pGroup;
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;        /* Real VFS */
  if( iChunk<pGroup->nMaxChunks ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->pReal[iChunk];    /* Real file descriptor */
    if( !pGroup->bOpen[iChunk] ){












      memcpy(gMultiplex.zName, pGroup->zName, pGroup->nName+1);
      if( iChunk ){
#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
        sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName-SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ, SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, iChunk);
#else
        sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName, SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, iChunk);





#endif

      }
      *rc = pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, gMultiplex.zName, pSubOpen, pGroup->flags, pOutFlags);
      if( *rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pGroup->bOpen[iChunk] = -1;
        return pSubOpen;
      }
      return NULL;
    }
















    *rc = SQLITE_OK;
    return pSubOpen;
  }



  *rc = SQLITE_FULL;


  return NULL;



}

/*
** This is the implementation of the multiplex_control() SQL function.
*/
static void multiplexControlFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc;
  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "multiplex_control", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 
      0, multiplexControlFunc, 0, 0);
  return rc;
}































/************************* VFS Method Wrappers *****************************/

/*
** This is the xOpen method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
**
** Most of the work is done by the underlying original VFS.  This method
................................................................................
static int multiplexOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Fill in this file descriptor */
  int flags,                 /* Flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags             /* Flags showing results of opening */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                            /* Result code */
  multiplexConn *pMultiplexOpen;                 /* The new multiplex file descriptor */
  multiplexGroup *pGroup;                        /* Corresponding multiplexGroup object */
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;                        /* Real file descriptor */
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
  int nName;
  int i;
  int sz;


  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);


  /* We need to create a group structure and manage
  ** access to this group of files.
  */
  multiplexEnter();
  pMultiplexOpen = (multiplexConn*)pConn;

  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
  ** temporary file name to use.  This will be handled by the
  ** original xOpen method.  We just need to allocate space for
  ** it.
  */
  if( !zName ){




    rc = multiplexGetTempname(pOrigVfs, pOrigVfs->mxPathname, gMultiplex.zName);
    zName = gMultiplex.zName;

  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* allocate space for group */
    nName = multiplexStrlen30(zName);
    sz = sizeof(multiplexGroup)                                /* multiplexGroup */
       + (sizeof(sqlite3_file *)*SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS)  /* pReal[] */
       + (pOrigVfs->szOsFile*SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS)      /* *pReal */
       + SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS                           /* bOpen[] */
       + nName + 1;                                            /* zName */
#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
    sz += SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ;
    assert(nName+SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ < pOrigVfs->mxPathname);
#else
    assert(nName >= SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ);
    assert(nName < pOrigVfs->mxPathname);
#endif
    pGroup = sqlite3_malloc( sz );
    if( pGroup==0 ){
      rc=SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* assign pointers to extra space allocated */
    char *p = (char *)&pGroup[1];
    pMultiplexOpen->pGroup = pGroup;
    memset(pGroup, 0, sz);
    pGroup->bEnabled = -1;
    pGroup->nChunkSize = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE;
    pGroup->nMaxChunks = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS;
    pGroup->pReal = (sqlite3_file **)p;
    p += (sizeof(sqlite3_file *)*pGroup->nMaxChunks);
    for(i=0; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){
      pGroup->pReal[i] = (sqlite3_file *)p;
      p += pOrigVfs->szOsFile;


    }
    /* bOpen[] vals should all be zero from memset above */




    pGroup->bOpen = p;
    p += pGroup->nMaxChunks;



    pGroup->zName = p;
    /* save off base filename, name length, and original open flags  */
    memcpy(pGroup->zName, zName, nName+1);
    pGroup->nName = nName;
    pGroup->flags = flags;


    pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pMultiplexOpen, 0, &rc, pOutFlags);

    if( pSubOpen ){
      /* if this file is already larger than chunk size, disable 
      ** the multiplex feature.
      */

      sqlite3_int64 sz;

      int rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz);
      if( (rc2==SQLITE_OK) && (sz>pGroup->nChunkSize) ){















        pGroup->bEnabled = 0;
      }


      if( pSubOpen->pMethods->iVersion==1 ){
        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
      }else{
        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2;
      }
      /* place this group at the head of our list */
      pGroup->pNext = gMultiplex.pGroups;
      if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) gMultiplex.pGroups->pPrev = pGroup;
      gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup;
    }else{

      sqlite3_free(pGroup);
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();

  return rc;
}

/*
** This is the xDelete method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
** It attempts to delete the filename specified, as well
** as additional files with the SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT extension.
*/
static int multiplexDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to delete */
  int syncDir
){
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nName = multiplexStrlen30(zName);
  int i;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);

  multiplexEnter();
  memcpy(gMultiplex.zName, zName, nName+1);
  for(i=0; i<SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS; i++){
    int rc2;
    int exists = 0;
    if( i ){
#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
        sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
            gMultiplex.zName+nName-SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ, 
            SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#else
        sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
            gMultiplex.zName+nName, 
            SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#endif
    }
    rc2 = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, gMultiplex.zName, 
        SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
    if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
      /* if it exists, delete it */
      rc2 = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, gMultiplex.zName, syncDir);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
    }else{
      /* stop at first "gap" */
      break;
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  return rc;
}

static int multiplexAccess(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, int *d){
  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xAccess(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
}
static int multiplexFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, char *d){
  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
................................................................................
** The group structure for this file is unlinked from 
** our list of groups and freed.
*/
static int multiplexClose(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  multiplexEnter();
  /* close any open handles */
  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){
    if( pGroup->bOpen[i] ){
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->pReal[i];
      int rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
      pGroup->bOpen[i] = 0;
    }
  }

  /* remove from linked list */
  if( pGroup->pNext ) pGroup->pNext->pPrev = pGroup->pPrev;
  if( pGroup->pPrev ){
    pGroup->pPrev->pNext = pGroup->pNext;
  }else{
    gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup->pNext;
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);



    rc = ( !pSubOpen ) ? SQLITE_IOERR_READ : pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);

  }else{
    while( iAmt > 0 ){
      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->nChunkSize);
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, i, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->nChunkSize) + iAmt) - pGroup->nChunkSize;
        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
        iAmt -= extra;
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst % pGroup->nChunkSize);

        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
        iOfst += iAmt;
        iAmt = extra;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
        break;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);



    rc = ( !pSubOpen ) ? SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE : pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);

  }else{
    while( iAmt > 0 ){
      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->nChunkSize);
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, i, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->nChunkSize) + iAmt) - pGroup->nChunkSize;

        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
        iAmt -= extra;
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst % pGroup->nChunkSize);

        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
        iOfst += iAmt;
        iAmt = extra;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
        break;
................................................................................
*/
static int multiplexTruncate(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 size){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);



    rc = ( !pSubOpen ) ? SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE : pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size);

  }else{
    int rc2;
    int i;
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;
    sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
    memcpy(gMultiplex.zName, pGroup->zName, pGroup->nName+1);
    /* delete the chunks above the truncate limit */
    for(i=(int)(size / pGroup->nChunkSize)+1; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){
      /* close any open chunks before deleting them */
      if( pGroup->bOpen[i] ){
        pSubOpen = pGroup->pReal[i];
        rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
        if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
        pGroup->bOpen[i] = 0;

      }
#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
      sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
          gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName-SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ, 
          SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#else
      sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
          gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName, 
          SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#endif
      rc2 = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, gMultiplex.zName, 0);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
    }
    pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, (int)(size / pGroup->nChunkSize), &rc2, NULL);
    if( pSubOpen ){
      rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size % pGroup->nChunkSize);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  return rc;
................................................................................
*/
static int multiplexSync(sqlite3_file *pConn, int flags){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  multiplexEnter();
  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){
    /* if we don't have it open, we don't need to sync it */
    if( pGroup->bOpen[i] ){
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->pReal[i];

      int rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xSync(pSubOpen, flags);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int rc2;
  int i;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);



    rc = ( !pSubOpen ) ? SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT : pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, pSize);

  }else{

    *pSize = 0;
    for(i=0; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){

      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = NULL;
      /* if not opened already, check to see if the chunk exists */
      if( pGroup->bOpen[i] ){
        pSubOpen = pGroup->pReal[i];
      }else{
        sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
        int exists = 0;
        memcpy(gMultiplex.zName, pGroup->zName, pGroup->nName+1);
        if( i ){
#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
          sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
              gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName-SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ, 
              SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#else
          sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ+1, 
              gMultiplex.zName+pGroup->nName, 
              SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT, i);
#endif
        }
        rc2 = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, gMultiplex.zName, 
            SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && exists){
          /* if it exists, open it */
          pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, i, &rc, NULL);
        }else{
          /* stop at first "gap" */
          break;
        }
      }
      if( pSubOpen ){
        sqlite3_int64 sz;
        rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz);
        if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = rc2;
        }else{
          if( sz>pGroup->nChunkSize ){
            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
          }
          *pSize += sz;
        }
      }else{
        break;
      }
................................................................................
}

/* Pass xLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xLock(pSubOpen, lock);
  }
  return SQLITE_BUSY;
}

/* Pass xUnlock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexUnlock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xUnlock(pSubOpen, lock);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}

/* Pass xCheckReservedLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int *pResOut){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(pSubOpen, pResOut);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
}

/* Pass xFileControl requests through to the original VFS unchanged,
................................................................................
        int bEnabled = *(int *)pArg;
        pGroup->bEnabled = bEnabled;
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
      break;
    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE:
      if( pArg ) {
        int nChunkSize = *(int *)pArg;
        if( nChunkSize<1 ){
          rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
        }else{
          /* Round up to nearest multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE. */
          nChunkSize = (nChunkSize + (MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1));
          nChunkSize &= ~(MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1);
          pGroup->nChunkSize = nChunkSize;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }
      break;
    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS:
      if( pArg ) {
        int nMaxChunks = *(int *)pArg;
        if(( nMaxChunks<1 ) || ( nMaxChunks>SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS )){
          rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
        }else{
          pGroup->nMaxChunks = nMaxChunks;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }
      break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT:
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE:
      /* no-op these */
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
      break;
    default:
      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileControl(pSubOpen, op, pArg);
      }
      break;
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Pass xSectorSize requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xSectorSize(pSubOpen);
  }
  return DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/* Pass xDeviceCharacteristics requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(pSubOpen);
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Pass xShmMap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
................................................................................
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmMap(pSubOpen, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, pp);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/* Pass xShmLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexShmLock(
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Database file holding the shared memory */
  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmLock(pSubOpen, ofst, n, flags);
  }
  return SQLITE_BUSY;
}

/* Pass xShmBarrier requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static void multiplexShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmBarrier(pSubOpen);
  }
}

/* Pass xShmUnmap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pConn, int deleteFlag){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmUnmap(pSubOpen, deleteFlag);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/************************** Public Interfaces *****************************/
................................................................................
  pOrigVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zOrigVfsName);
  if( pOrigVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  assert( pOrigVfs!=&gMultiplex.sThisVfs );
  gMultiplex.pMutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
  if( !gMultiplex.pMutex ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  gMultiplex.zName = sqlite3_malloc(pOrigVfs->mxPathname);
  if( !gMultiplex.zName ){
    sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  gMultiplex.pGroups = NULL;
  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 1;
  gMultiplex.pOrigVfs = pOrigVfs;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs = *pOrigVfs;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.szOsFile += sizeof(multiplexConn);
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.zName = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xOpen = multiplexOpen;
................................................................................
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSync = multiplexSync;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileSize = multiplexFileSize;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xLock = multiplexLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xUnlock = multiplexUnlock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xCheckReservedLock = multiplexCheckReservedLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileControl = multiplexFileControl;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSectorSize = multiplexSectorSize;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xDeviceCharacteristics = multiplexDeviceCharacteristics;

  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2 = gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.iVersion = 2;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmMap = multiplexShmMap;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmLock = multiplexShmLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmBarrier = multiplexShmBarrier;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmUnmap = multiplexShmUnmap;
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs, makeDefault);
................................................................................
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void){
  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 0;
  sqlite3_free(gMultiplex.zName);
  sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs);
  memset(&gMultiplex, 0, sizeof(gMultiplex));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
................................................................................
          Tcl_NewStringObj(pGroup->zName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nName));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->flags));

    /* count number of chunks with open handles */
    for(i=0; i<pGroup->nMaxChunks; i++){
      if( pGroup->bOpen[i] ) nChunks++;
    }
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(nChunks));

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nChunkSize));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nMaxChunks));

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pResult, pGroupTerm);
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
  return TCL_OK;
}

** The multiplex VFS allows databases up to 32 GiB in size.  But it splits
** the files up into 1 GiB pieces, so that they will work even on filesystems
** that do not support large files.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "test_multiplex.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
#endif
#include "sqlite3ext.h"

................................................................................
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 */


/************************ Shim Definitions ******************************/

#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME
# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME "multiplex"
#endif

/* This is the limit on the chunk size.  It may be changed by calling
** the xFileControl() interface.  It will be rounded up to a 
** multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE.  We default it here to 2GiB less 64KiB.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE 2147418112
#endif

/* Default limit on number of chunks.  Care should be taken
** so that values for chunks numbers fit in the SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_FMT
** format specifier. It may be changed by calling
** the xFileControl() interface.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS
# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS 32
#endif

/* If SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR is defined, the 
** last SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_SZ characters of the 
** filename will be overwritten, otherwise, the 
** multiplex extension is simply appended to the filename.
** Ex.  (undefined) test.db -> test.db01
**      (defined)   test.db -> test.01
................................................................................
** makeup a single SQLite DB file.  This allows the size of the DB
** to exceed the limits imposed by the file system.
**
** There is an instance of the following object for each defined multiplex
** group.
*/
struct multiplexGroup {
  struct multiplexReal {           /* For each chunk */
    sqlite3_file *p;                  /* Handle for the chunk */
    char *z;                          /* Name of this chunk */
  } *aReal;                        /* list of all chunks */
  int nReal;                       /* Number of chunks */
  char *zName;                     /* Base filename of this group */
  int nName;                       /* Length of base filename */
  int flags;                       /* Flags used for original opening */
  unsigned int szChunk;            /* Chunk size used for this group */

  int bEnabled;                    /* TRUE to use Multiplex VFS for this file */
  multiplexGroup *pNext, *pPrev;   /* Doubly linked list of all group objects */
};

/*
** An instance of the following object represents each open connection
** to a file that is multiplex'ed.  This object is a 
................................................................................
  ** shim, the following mutex must be held.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;

  /* List of multiplexGroup objects.
  */
  multiplexGroup *pGroups;






} gMultiplex;

/************************* Utility Routines *********************************/
/*
** Acquire and release the mutex used to serialize access to the
** list of multiplexGroups.
*/
................................................................................
    j = multiplexStrlen30(zBuf);
    if( (j + 8 + 1 + 3 + 1) <= nBuf ){
      /* Make 3 attempts to generate a unique name. */
      do {
        attempts++;
        sqlite3_randomness(8, &zBuf[j]);
        for(i=0; i<8; i++){
          unsigned char uc = (unsigned char)zBuf[j+i];
          zBuf[j+i] = (char)zChars[uc%(sizeof(zChars)-1)];
        }
        memcpy(&zBuf[j+i], ".tmp", 5);
        rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, zBuf, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
      } while ( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && exists && (attempts<3) );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/* Compute the filename for the iChunk-th chunk

*/
static int multiplexSubFilename(multiplexGroup *pGroup, int iChunk){
  if( iChunk>=pGroup->nReal ){
    struct multiplexReal *p;
    p = sqlite3_realloc(pGroup->aReal, (iChunk+1)*sizeof(*p));
    if( p==0 ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;

    }
    memset(&p[pGroup->nReal], 0, sizeof(p[0])*(iChunk+1-pGroup->nReal));
    pGroup->aReal = p;
    pGroup->nReal = iChunk+1;
  }
  if( pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z==0 ){
    char *z;
    int n = pGroup->nName;
    pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z = z = sqlite3_malloc( n+3 );
    if( z==0 ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memcpy(z, pGroup->zName, n+1);
    if( iChunk>0 ){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES



      if( n>3 && z[n-3]=='.' ){
        n--;
      }else if( n>4 && z[n-4]=='.' ){
        n -= 2;
      }
#endif
      sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[n],"%02d",iChunk);
    }




  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* Translate an sqlite3_file* that is really a multiplexGroup* into
** the sqlite3_file* for the underlying original VFS.
*/
static sqlite3_file *multiplexSubOpen(
  multiplexGroup *pGroup,
  int iChunk,
  int *rc,
  int *pOutFlags
){
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = 0;
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;        /* Real VFS */
  *rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, iChunk);
  if( (*rc)==SQLITE_OK && (pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p)==0 ){
    pSubOpen = sqlite3_malloc( pOrigVfs->szOsFile );
    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
      *rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      return 0;
    }
    pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p = pSubOpen;
    *rc = pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, pSubOpen,
                          pGroup->flags, pOutFlags);
    if( *rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_free(pSubOpen);
      pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p = 0;
      return 0;
    }
  }
  return pSubOpen;
}

/*
** This is the implementation of the multiplex_control() SQL function.
*/
static void multiplexControlFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc;
  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "multiplex_control", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 
      0, multiplexControlFunc, 0, 0);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a single sub-file in the connection group.
*/
static void multiplexSubClose(
  multiplexGroup *pGroup,
  int iChunk,
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs
){
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p;
  if( pSubOpen ){
    if( pOrigVfs ) pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, 0);
    pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
    sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p);
  }
  sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z);
  memset(&pGroup->aReal[iChunk], 0, sizeof(pGroup->aReal[iChunk]));
}

/*
** Deallocate memory held by a multiplexGroup
*/
static void multiplexFreeComponents(multiplexGroup *pGroup){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){ multiplexSubClose(pGroup, i, 0); }
  sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal);
  pGroup->aReal = 0;
  pGroup->nReal = 0;
}


/************************* VFS Method Wrappers *****************************/

/*
** This is the xOpen method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
**
** Most of the work is done by the underlying original VFS.  This method
................................................................................
static int multiplexOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Fill in this file descriptor */
  int flags,                 /* Flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags             /* Flags showing results of opening */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Result code */
  multiplexConn *pMultiplexOpen;       /* The new multiplex file descriptor */
  multiplexGroup *pGroup;              /* Corresponding multiplexGroup object */
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = 0;                    /* Real file descriptor */
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
  int nName;

  int sz;
  char *zToFree = 0;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  memset(pConn, 0, pVfs->szOsFile);

  /* We need to create a group structure and manage
  ** access to this group of files.
  */
  multiplexEnter();
  pMultiplexOpen = (multiplexConn*)pConn;

  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
  ** temporary file name to use.  This will be handled by the
  ** original xOpen method.  We just need to allocate space for
  ** it.
  */
  if( !zName ){
    zName = zToFree = sqlite3_malloc( pOrigVfs->mxPathname + 10 );
    if( zName==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      rc = multiplexGetTempname(pOrigVfs, pOrigVfs->mxPathname, zToFree);

    }
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* allocate space for group */
    nName = multiplexStrlen30(zName);
    sz = sizeof(multiplexGroup)                             /* multiplexGroup */



       + nName + 1;                                         /* zName */







    pGroup = sqlite3_malloc( sz );
    if( pGroup==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* assign pointers to extra space allocated */
    char *p = (char *)&pGroup[1];
    pMultiplexOpen->pGroup = pGroup;
    memset(pGroup, 0, sz);
    pGroup->bEnabled = -1;
    pGroup->szChunk = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE;
    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ){
      const char *zChunkSize;
      zChunkSize = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zName, "chunksize");
      if( zChunkSize ){
        unsigned int n = 0;
        int i;
        for(i=0; zChunkSize[i]>='0' && zChunkSize[i]<='9'; i++){
          n = n*10 + zChunkSize[i] - '0';
        }

        if( n>0 ){
          pGroup->szChunk = (n+0xffff)&~0xffff;
        }else{
          /* A zero or negative chunksize disabled the multiplexor */
          pGroup->bEnabled = 0;

        }
      }
    }
    pGroup->zName = p;
    /* save off base filename, name length, and original open flags  */
    memcpy(pGroup->zName, zName, nName+1);
    pGroup->nName = nName;
    pGroup->flags = flags;
    rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, 1);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, pOutFlags);
    }
    if( pSubOpen ){



      int exists, rc2, rc3;
      sqlite3_int64 sz;

      rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz);
      if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
        /* If the first overflow file exists and if the size of the main file
        ** is different from the chunk size, that means the chunk size is set
        ** set incorrectly.  So fix it.
        **
        ** Or, if the first overflow file does not exist and the main file is
        ** larger than the chunk size, that means the chunk size is too small.
        ** But we have no way of determining the intended chunk size, so 
        ** just disable the multiplexor all togethre.
        */
        rc3 = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[1].z,
            SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
        if( rc3==SQLITE_OK && exists && sz==(sz&0xffff0000) && sz>0
            && sz!=pGroup->szChunk ){
          pGroup->szChunk = sz;
        }else if( rc3==SQLITE_OK && !exists && sz>pGroup->szChunk ){
          pGroup->bEnabled = 0;
        }
      }

      if( pSubOpen->pMethods->iVersion==1 ){
        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
      }else{
        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2;
      }
      /* place this group at the head of our list */
      pGroup->pNext = gMultiplex.pGroups;
      if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) gMultiplex.pGroups->pPrev = pGroup;
      gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup;
    }else{
      multiplexFreeComponents(pGroup);
      sqlite3_free(pGroup);
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  sqlite3_free(zToFree);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This is the xDelete method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
** It attempts to delete the filename specified.

*/
static int multiplexDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to delete */
  int syncDir
){
  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */


























  return pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, zName, syncDir);








}

static int multiplexAccess(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, int *d){
  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xAccess(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
}
static int multiplexFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, char *d){
  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
................................................................................
** The group structure for this file is unlinked from 
** our list of groups and freed.
*/
static int multiplexClose(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  multiplexEnter();









  multiplexFreeComponents(pGroup);
  /* remove from linked list */
  if( pGroup->pNext ) pGroup->pNext->pPrev = pGroup->pPrev;
  if( pGroup->pPrev ){
    pGroup->pPrev->pNext = pGroup->pNext;
  }else{
    gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup->pNext;
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
    }else{
      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
    }
  }else{
    while( iAmt > 0 ){
      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->szChunk);
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->szChunk) + iAmt) - pGroup->szChunk;
        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
        iAmt -= extra;
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt,
                                       iOfst % pGroup->szChunk);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
        iOfst += iAmt;
        iAmt = extra;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
        break;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
    }
  }else{
    while( iAmt > 0 ){
      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->szChunk);
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->szChunk) + iAmt) -
                    pGroup->szChunk;
        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
        iAmt -= extra;
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt,
                                        iOfst % pGroup->szChunk);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
        iOfst += iAmt;
        iAmt = extra;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
        break;
................................................................................
*/
static int multiplexTruncate(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 size){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
    }else{
      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size);
    }
  }else{
    int rc2;
    int i;
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;
    sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */

    /* delete the chunks above the truncate limit */
    for(i=(int)(size / pGroup->szChunk)+1; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){






      multiplexSubClose(pGroup, i, pOrigVfs);
    }












    pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, (int)(size/pGroup->szChunk), &rc2,0);
    if( pSubOpen ){
      rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size % pGroup->szChunk);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  return rc;
................................................................................
*/
static int multiplexSync(sqlite3_file *pConn, int flags){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  multiplexEnter();
  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){


    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[i].p;
    if( pSubOpen ){
      int rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xSync(pSubOpen, flags);
      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
    }
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int rc2;
  int i;
  multiplexEnter();
  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }else{
      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, pSize);
    }
  }else{
    sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;
    *pSize = 0;

    for(i=0; 1; i++){
      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = 0;





      int exists = 0;
      rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, i);
      if( rc ) break;










      rc2 = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[i].z,
          SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
      if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && exists){
        /* if it exists, open it */
        pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, NULL);
      }else{
        /* stop at first "gap" */
        break;

      }
      if( pSubOpen ){
        sqlite3_int64 sz;
        rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz);
        if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = rc2;
        }else{
          if( sz>pGroup->szChunk ){
            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
          }
          *pSize += sz;
        }
      }else{
        break;
      }
................................................................................
}

/* Pass xLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xLock(pSubOpen, lock);
  }
  return SQLITE_BUSY;
}

/* Pass xUnlock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexUnlock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xUnlock(pSubOpen, lock);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}

/* Pass xCheckReservedLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int *pResOut){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(pSubOpen, pResOut);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
}

/* Pass xFileControl requests through to the original VFS unchanged,
................................................................................
        int bEnabled = *(int *)pArg;
        pGroup->bEnabled = bEnabled;
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
      break;
    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE:
      if( pArg ) {
        unsigned int szChunk = *(unsigned*)pArg;
        if( szChunk<1 ){
          rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
        }else{
          /* Round up to nearest multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE. */
          szChunk = (szChunk + (MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1));
          szChunk &= ~(MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1);
          pGroup->szChunk = szChunk;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }
      break;
    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS:






      rc = SQLITE_OK;


      break;
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT:
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE:
      /* no-op these */
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
      break;
    default:
      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
      if( pSubOpen ){
        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileControl(pSubOpen, op, pArg);
      }
      break;
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Pass xSectorSize requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xSectorSize(pSubOpen);
  }
  return DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/* Pass xDeviceCharacteristics requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(pSubOpen);
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Pass xShmMap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
................................................................................
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmMap(pSubOpen, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend,pp);
  }
  return SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/* Pass xShmLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexShmLock(
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Database file holding the shared memory */
  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmLock(pSubOpen, ofst, n, flags);
  }
  return SQLITE_BUSY;
}

/* Pass xShmBarrier requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static void multiplexShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pConn){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmBarrier(pSubOpen);
  }
}

/* Pass xShmUnmap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
*/
static int multiplexShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pConn, int deleteFlag){
  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL);
  if( pSubOpen ){
    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmUnmap(pSubOpen, deleteFlag);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/************************** Public Interfaces *****************************/
................................................................................
  pOrigVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zOrigVfsName);
  if( pOrigVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  assert( pOrigVfs!=&gMultiplex.sThisVfs );
  gMultiplex.pMutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
  if( !gMultiplex.pMutex ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }





  gMultiplex.pGroups = NULL;
  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 1;
  gMultiplex.pOrigVfs = pOrigVfs;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs = *pOrigVfs;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.szOsFile += sizeof(multiplexConn);
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.zName = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME;
  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xOpen = multiplexOpen;
................................................................................
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSync = multiplexSync;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileSize = multiplexFileSize;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xLock = multiplexLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xUnlock = multiplexUnlock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xCheckReservedLock = multiplexCheckReservedLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileControl = multiplexFileControl;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSectorSize = multiplexSectorSize;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xDeviceCharacteristics =
                                            multiplexDeviceCharacteristics;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2 = gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.iVersion = 2;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmMap = multiplexShmMap;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmLock = multiplexShmLock;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmBarrier = multiplexShmBarrier;
  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmUnmap = multiplexShmUnmap;
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs, makeDefault);
................................................................................
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void){
  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 0;

  sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs);
  memset(&gMultiplex, 0, sizeof(gMultiplex));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
................................................................................
          Tcl_NewStringObj(pGroup->zName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nName));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->flags));

    /* count number of chunks with open handles */
    for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){
      if( pGroup->aReal[i].p!=0 ) nChunks++;
    }
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(nChunks));

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->szChunk));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nReal));

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pResult, pGroupTerm);
  }
  multiplexLeave();
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
  return TCL_OK;
}

  }else{
    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
    if( iDb<0 ){
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
  }

















  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
  */
  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
    iDb = 1;
  }

  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */

  }else{
    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
    if( iDb<0 ){
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
  }
  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }

  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
  **
  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
  **
  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER.
  */
  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
  }

  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
  */



  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
    iDb = 1;
  }

  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */

  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }

  /* Begin the database scan
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);


  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;

  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
  if( !okOnePass ){

  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }

  /* Begin the database scan
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
      pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED
  );
  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;

  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
  if( !okOnePass ){

  if( x>=0 ) return x;
  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
  return -x;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
/*
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAME is set at compile-time and if the database
** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
** characters of the original suffix.



**
** Examples:
**
**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
*/
void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){

  const char *zOk;
  zOk = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names");
  if( zOk && sqlite3GetBoolean(zOk) ){


    int i, sz;
    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memcpy(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
  }
}
#endif

  if( x>=0 ) return x;
  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
  return -x;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
/*
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
** characters of the original suffix.
**
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
**
** Examples:
**
**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
*/
void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
  const char *zOk;
  zOk = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names");
  if( zOk && sqlite3GetBoolean(zOk) )
#endif
  {
    int i, sz;
    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memcpy(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
  }
}
#endif

    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
    */
    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
      int pgno;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY); 
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, 
                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
        pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
      }

    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
    */
    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
      int pgno;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); 
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, 
                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
        pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
      }

  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    v->expired = 0;
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 

  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    assert( v->expired==0 );
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 

  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
    nMem = 10;
  }
  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );


  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
  **

  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
    nMem = 10;
  }
  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
  p->expired = 0;

  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
  **

#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00800000  /* Use index only - omit table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x01000000  /* Output will appear in correct order */
#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x02000000  /* Scan in reverse order */
#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x04000000  /* Selects no more than one row */
#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000  /* Use virtual-table processing */
#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x10000000  /* OR using multiple indices */
#define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX   0x20000000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */


/*
** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
*/
static void whereClauseInit(
  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
................................................................................
    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}






























































































































































/*
** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
**
** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
................................................................................
){
  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );



  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
  assert( nTerm>0 );

  /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, 
  ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to
  ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table.  */
  assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) );
................................................................................
  double nTableRow;           /* Rows in the input table */
  double logN;                /* log(nTableRow) */
  double costTempIdx;         /* per-query cost of the transient index */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
  Table *pTable;              /* Table tht might be indexed */





  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
    /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
    return;
  }
  if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){
    /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
    return;




  }

  assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 );
  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
  nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst;
  logN = estLog(nTableRow);
  costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1);
................................................................................
static void bestBtreeIndex(
  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
  Bitmask notValid,           /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */

  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
................................................................................
    **             SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    */
    int nEq;                      /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */
    int bInEst = 0;               /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
    int nInMul = 1;               /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
    int estBound = 100;           /* Estimated reduction in search space */
    int nBound = 0;               /* Number of range constraints seen */
    int bSort = 0;                /* True if external sort required */

    int bLookup = 0;              /* True if not a covering index */
    WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
    WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0;    /* First term matching the index */
#endif

    /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */
................................................................................
      }
    }

    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will
    ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags
    ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
    ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable.  */
    if( pOrderBy ){
      if( (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
        && pProbe->bUnordered==0
        && isSortingIndex(pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy,
                          nEq, wsFlags, &rev)
      ){

        wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
        wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);
      }else{
        bSort = 1;
      }







    }

    /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
    ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without 
    ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
    ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
    ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true.  */
................................................................................
    nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
    if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
      nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2;
      nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
    /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE and histogram

    ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible
    ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on
    ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram.
    */
    if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 ){
      if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){
        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
        whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow);
      }else if( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN && bInEst==0 ){
        whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow);
      }
................................................................................
    ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be 
    ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3.  We will split the
    ** difference and select C of 3.0.
    */
    if( bSort ){
      cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
    }




    /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/

    /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot
    ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number
    ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly.  This only 
    ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother
................................................................................
    if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
      sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
  }else
#endif
  {
    bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
  }
}

/*
** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
** or USING clause of that join.
................................................................................
    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);

    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;          /* Info for single OR-term scan */
        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE |
                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY);
        if( pSubWInfo ){
          explainOneScan(
              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
          );
          if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
................................................................................
** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
*/
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */

  u16 wctrlFlags        /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
................................................................................
  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
  pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];





  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
  */
  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
  whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
................................................................................
  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
  */
  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    goto whereBeginError;
  }










  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
  **
  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
  **
  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
  **   pWInfo->a[].wsFlags   WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
................................................................................
    notIndexed = 0;
    for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
      Bitmask mask;             /* Mask of tables not yet ready */
      for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){
        int doNotReorder;    /* True if this table should not be reordered */
        WhereCost sCost;     /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
        ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */

  
        doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
        if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break;
        m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
        if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
          if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
          continue;
        }
        mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady);
        pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);

        if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++;
  
        WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n",
                    j, isOptimal));
        assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
        if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
................................................................................
          sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
          bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
                           &sCost, pp);
        }else 
#endif
        {
          bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
                         &sCost);
        }
        assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used&notReady)==0 );

        /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that
        ** index if it uses any index at all */
        assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 
                  || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
................................................................................
    assert( bestJ>=0 );
    assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d"
                " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
                bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow));
    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
      *ppOrderBy = 0;




    }
    andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
    pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX );
    if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){
      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;

#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00800000  /* Use index only - omit table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x01000000  /* Output will appear in correct order */
#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x02000000  /* Scan in reverse order */
#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x04000000  /* Selects no more than one row */
#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000  /* Use virtual-table processing */
#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x10000000  /* OR using multiple indices */
#define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX   0x20000000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT     0x40000000  /* Correct order for DISTINCT */

/*
** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
*/
static void whereClauseInit(
  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
................................................................................
    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This function searches the expression list passed as the second argument
** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN that refers to the same column and
** uses the same collation sequence as the iCol'th column of index pIdx.
** Argument iBase is the cursor number used for the table that pIdx refers
** to.
**
** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
*/
static int findIndexCol(
  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
){
  int i;
  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];

  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
     && p->iTable==iBase
    ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
        return i;
      }
    }
  }

  return -1;
}

/*
** This routine determines if pIdx can be used to assist in processing a
** DISTINCT qualifier. In other words, it tests whether or not using this
** index for the outer loop guarantees that rows with equal values for
** all expressions in the pDistinct list are delivered grouped together.
**
** For example, the query 
**
**   SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = ?
**
** can benefit from any index on columns "b" and "c".
*/
static int isDistinctIndex(
  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,               /* The WHERE clause */
  Index *pIdx,                    /* The index being considered */
  int base,                       /* Cursor number for the table pIdx is on */
  ExprList *pDistinct,            /* The DISTINCT expressions */
  int nEqCol                      /* Number of index columns with == */
){
  Bitmask mask = 0;               /* Mask of unaccounted for pDistinct exprs */
  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */

  if( pIdx->zName==0 || pDistinct==0 || pDistinct->nExpr>=BMS ) return 0;
  testcase( pDistinct->nExpr==BMS-1 );

  /* Loop through all the expressions in the distinct list. If any of them
  ** are not simple column references, return early. Otherwise, test if the
  ** WHERE clause contains a "col=X" clause. If it does, the expression
  ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the
  ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no
  ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx,
  ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    WhereTerm *pTerm;
    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0);
    if( pTerm ){
      Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
      CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
      CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
      if( p1==p2 ) continue;
    }
    if( p->iTable!=base ) return 0;
    mask |= (((Bitmask)1) << i);
  }

  for(i=nEqCol; mask && i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
    int iExpr = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, base, pIdx, i);
    if( iExpr<0 ) break;
    mask &= ~(((Bitmask)1) << iExpr);
  }

  return (mask==0);
}


/*
** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
** is redundant. A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains a
** UNIQUE index that guarantees that the result of the query will be distinct
** anyway.
*/
static int isDistinctRedundant(
  Parse *pParse,
  SrcList *pTabList,
  WhereClause *pWC,
  ExprList *pDistinct
){
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  int i;                          
  int iBase;

  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
  ** clause is redundant. */
  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;

  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
  }

  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
  **
  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
  **
  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
  */
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue;
    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
      int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
      if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) 
       && 0>findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)
      ){
        break;
      }
    }
    if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){
      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
      return 1;
    }
  }

  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
**
** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
................................................................................
){
  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( !pOrderBy ) return 0;
  if( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ) return 0;
  if( pIdx->bUnordered ) return 0;

  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
  assert( nTerm>0 );

  /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, 
  ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to
  ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table.  */
  assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) );
................................................................................
  double nTableRow;           /* Rows in the input table */
  double logN;                /* log(nTableRow) */
  double costTempIdx;         /* per-query cost of the transient index */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
  Table *pTable;              /* Table tht might be indexed */

  if( pParse->nQueryLoop<=(double)1 ){
    /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */
    return;
  }
  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
    /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
    return;
  }
  if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){
    /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
    return;
  }
  if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){
    /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */
    return;
  }

  assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 );
  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
  nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst;
  logN = estLog(nTableRow);
  costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1);
................................................................................
static void bestBtreeIndex(
  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
  Bitmask notValid,           /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
  ExprList *pDistinct,        /* The select-list if query is DISTINCT */
  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
................................................................................
    **             SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
    */
    int nEq;                      /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */
    int bInEst = 0;               /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
    int nInMul = 1;               /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
    int estBound = 100;           /* Estimated reduction in search space */
    int nBound = 0;               /* Number of range constraints seen */
    int bSort = !!pOrderBy;       /* True if external sort required */
    int bDist = !!pDistinct;      /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */
    int bLookup = 0;              /* True if not a covering index */
    WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
    WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0;    /* First term matching the index */
#endif

    /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */
................................................................................
      }
    }

    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will
    ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags
    ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
    ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable.  */
    if( isSortingIndex(


          pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy, nEq, wsFlags, &rev)

    ){
      bSort = 0;
      wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
      wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);


    }

    /* If there is a DISTINCT qualifier and this index will scan rows in
    ** order of the DISTINCT expressions, clear bDist and set the appropriate
    ** flags in wsFlags. */
    if( isDistinctIndex(pParse, pWC, pProbe, iCur, pDistinct, nEq) ){
      bDist = 0;
      wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_DISTINCT;
    }

    /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
    ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without 
    ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
    ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
    ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true.  */
................................................................................
    nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
    if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
      nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2;
      nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
    /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE or x IN (E1,E2,...)
    ** and we do not think that values of x are unique and if histogram
    ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible
    ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on
    ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram.
    */
    if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 && aiRowEst[1]>1 ){
      if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){
        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
        whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow);
      }else if( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN && bInEst==0 ){
        whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow);
      }
................................................................................
    ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be 
    ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3.  We will split the
    ** difference and select C of 3.0.
    */
    if( bSort ){
      cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
    }
    if( bDist ){
      cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
    }

    /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/

    /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot
    ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number
    ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly.  This only 
    ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother
................................................................................
    if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
      sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
  }else
#endif
  {
    bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, 0, pCost);
  }
}

/*
** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
** or USING clause of that join.
................................................................................
    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);

    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;          /* Info for single OR-term scan */
        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0, 0,
                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE |
                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY);
        if( pSubWInfo ){
          explainOneScan(
              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
          );
          if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
................................................................................
** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
*/
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
  ExprList *pDistinct,  /* The select-list for DISTINCT queries - or NULL */
  u16 wctrlFlags        /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
................................................................................
  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
  pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];

  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DistinctOpt ) pDistinct = 0;

  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
  */
  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
  whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
................................................................................
  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
  */
  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    goto whereBeginError;
  }

  /* Check if the DISTINCT qualifier, if there is one, is redundant. 
  ** If it is, then set pDistinct to NULL and WhereInfo.eDistinct to
  ** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE to tell the caller to ignore the DISTINCT.
  */
  if( pDistinct && isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, pWC, pDistinct) ){
    pDistinct = 0;
    pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
  }

  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
  **
  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
  **
  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
  **   pWInfo->a[].wsFlags   WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
................................................................................
    notIndexed = 0;
    for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
      Bitmask mask;             /* Mask of tables not yet ready */
      for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){
        int doNotReorder;    /* True if this table should not be reordered */
        WhereCost sCost;     /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
        ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */
        ExprList *pDist;     /* DISTINCT clause for index to optimize */
  
        doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
        if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break;
        m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
        if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
          if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
          continue;
        }
        mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady);
        pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);
        pDist = (i==0 ? pDistinct : 0);
        if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++;
  
        WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n",
                    j, isOptimal));
        assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
        if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
................................................................................
          sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
          bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
                           &sCost, pp);
        }else 
#endif
        {
          bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
              pDist, &sCost);
        }
        assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used&notReady)==0 );

        /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that
        ** index if it uses any index at all */
        assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 
                  || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
................................................................................
    assert( bestJ>=0 );
    assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d"
                " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
                bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow));
    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
      *ppOrderBy = 0;
    }
    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_DISTINCT)!=0 ){
      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==0 );
      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
    }
    andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
    pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX );
    if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){
      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;

run_test_suite journaltest 
run_test_suite inmemory_journal
run_test_suite pcache0 
run_test_suite pcache10 
run_test_suite pcache50 
run_test_suite pcache90 
run_test_suite pcache100


if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="unix"} {
  ifcapable !default_autovacuum {
    run_test_suite autovacuum_crash
  }
}

finish_test

run_test_suite journaltest 
run_test_suite inmemory_journal
run_test_suite pcache0 
run_test_suite pcache10 
run_test_suite pcache50 
run_test_suite pcache90 
run_test_suite pcache100
run_test_suite prepare

if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="unix"} {
  ifcapable !default_autovacuum {
    run_test_suite autovacuum_crash
  }
}

finish_test

  execsql {
    SELECT sum(a), c FROM abc GROUP BY c;
  }
} {8 {} 1 10}
do_test alter2-1.9 {
  # ALTER TABLE abc ADD COLUMN d;
  alter_table abc {CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c, d);}

  execsql { SELECT * FROM abc; }
  execsql {
    UPDATE abc SET d = 11 WHERE c IS NULL AND a<4;
    SELECT * FROM abc;
  }
} {1 2 10 {} 3 4 {} 11 5 6 {} {}}
do_test alter2-1.10 {

  execsql {
    SELECT sum(a), c FROM abc GROUP BY c;
  }
} {8 {} 1 10}
do_test alter2-1.9 {
  # ALTER TABLE abc ADD COLUMN d;
  alter_table abc {CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c, d);}
  if {[permutation] == "prepare"} { db cache flush }
  execsql { SELECT * FROM abc; }
  execsql {
    UPDATE abc SET d = 11 WHERE c IS NULL AND a<4;
    SELECT * FROM abc;
  }
} {1 2 10 {} 3 4 {} 11 5 6 {} {}}
do_test alter2-1.10 {

  1 0 0 {SCAN TABLE sheep AS s (~1000000 rows)} 
  1 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE flock_owner AS prev USING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_flock_owner_1 (flock_no=? AND owner_change_date<?) (~2 rows)} 
  1 0 0 {EXECUTE CORRELATED SCALAR SUBQUERY 2} 
  2 0 0 {SEARCH TABLE flock_owner AS later USING COVERING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_flock_owner_1 (flock_no=? AND owner_change_date>? AND owner_change_date<?) (~1 rows)} 
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE sheep AS x USING INDEX sheep_reg_flock_index (~1000000 rows)} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH SUBQUERY 1 AS y USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX (sheep_no=?) (~8 rows)}
}











finish_test

  1 0 0 {SCAN TABLE sheep AS s (~1000000 rows)} 
  1 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE flock_owner AS prev USING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_flock_owner_1 (flock_no=? AND owner_change_date<?) (~2 rows)} 
  1 0 0 {EXECUTE CORRELATED SCALAR SUBQUERY 2} 
  2 0 0 {SEARCH TABLE flock_owner AS later USING COVERING INDEX sqlite_autoindex_flock_owner_1 (flock_no=? AND owner_change_date>? AND owner_change_date<?) (~1 rows)} 
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE sheep AS x USING INDEX sheep_reg_flock_index (~1000000 rows)} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH SUBQUERY 1 AS y USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX (sheep_no=?) (~8 rows)}
}


do_execsql_test autoindex1-700 {
  CREATE TABLE t5(a, b, c);
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT a FROM t5 WHERE b=10 ORDER BY c;
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t5 (~100000 rows)} 
  0 0 0 {USE TEMP B-TREE FOR ORDER BY}
}


finish_test

    INSERT INTO collate5t1 VALUES('N', NULL);
  } 
} {}
do_test collate5-1.1 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT a FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {A B N}
do_test collate5-1.2 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT b FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {{} Apple apple banana}
do_test collate5-1.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT a, b FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {A Apple a apple B banana N {}}

# Ticket #3376
#
do_test collate5-1.11 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE tkt3376(a COLLATE nocase PRIMARY KEY);
    INSERT INTO tkt3376 VALUES('abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');

    INSERT INTO collate5t1 VALUES('N', NULL);
  } 
} {}
do_test collate5-1.1 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT a FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {a b n}
do_test collate5-1.2 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT b FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {apple Apple banana {}}
do_test collate5-1.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT a, b FROM collate5t1;
  }
} {a apple A Apple b banana n {}}

# Ticket #3376
#
do_test collate5-1.11 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE tkt3376(a COLLATE nocase PRIMARY KEY);
    INSERT INTO tkt3376 VALUES('abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');

# 2011 July 1
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this script is the DISTINCT modifier.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

set testprefix distinct


proc is_distinct_noop {sql} {
  set sql1 $sql
  set sql2 [string map {DISTINCT ""} $sql]

  set program1 [list]
  set program2 [list]
  db eval "EXPLAIN $sql1" {
    if {$opcode != "Noop"} { lappend program1 $opcode }
  }
  db eval "EXPLAIN $sql2" {
    if {$opcode != "Noop"} { lappend program2 $opcode }
  }

  return [expr {$program1==$program2}]
}

proc do_distinct_noop_test {tn sql} {
  uplevel [list do_test $tn [list is_distinct_noop $sql] 1]
}
proc do_distinct_not_noop_test {tn sql} {
  uplevel [list do_test $tn [list is_distinct_noop $sql] 0]
}

proc do_temptables_test {tn sql temptables} {
  uplevel [list do_test $tn [subst -novar {
    set ret ""
    db eval "EXPLAIN [set sql]" {
      if {$opcode == "OpenEphemeral"} { 
        if {$p5 != "10" && $p5!="00"} { error "p5 = $p5" }
        if {$p5 == "10"} {
          lappend ret hash
        } else {
          lappend ret btree
        }
      }
    }
    set ret
  }] $temptables]
}


#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests - distinct-1.* - check that the planner correctly 
# detects cases where a UNIQUE index means that a DISTINCT clause is 
# redundant. Currently the planner only detects such cases when there
# is a single table in the FROM clause.
#
do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, d);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i1 ON t1(b, c);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX i2 ON t1(d COLLATE nocase);

  CREATE TABLE t2(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, y);

  CREATE TABLE t3(c1 PRIMARY KEY, c2);
  CREATE INDEX i3 ON t3(c2);
}
foreach {tn noop sql} {

  1   1   "SELECT DISTINCT b, c FROM t1"
  2   1   "SELECT DISTINCT c FROM t1 WHERE b = ?"
  3   1   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid FROM t1"
  4   1   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid, a FROM t1"
  5   1   "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM t2"
  6   1   "SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t2"
  7   1   "SELECT DISTINCT * FROM (SELECT * FROM t2)"

  8   1   "SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t1"

  8   0   "SELECT DISTINCT a, b FROM t1"

  9   0   "SELECT DISTINCT c FROM t1 WHERE b IN (1,2)"
  10  0   "SELECT DISTINCT c FROM t1"
  11  0   "SELECT DISTINCT b FROM t1"

  12  0   "SELECT DISTINCT a, d FROM t1"
  13  0   "SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c COLLATE nocase FROM t1"
  14  1   "SELECT DISTINCT a, d COLLATE nocase FROM t1"
  15  0   "SELECT DISTINCT a, d COLLATE binary FROM t1"
  16  1   "SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c COLLATE binary FROM t1"

  16  0   "SELECT DISTINCT t1.rowid FROM t1, t2"
  17  0   { /* Technically, it would be possible to detect that DISTINCT
            ** is a no-op in cases like the following. But SQLite does not
            ** do so. */
            SELECT DISTINCT t1.rowid FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.rowid=t2.rowid }

  18  1   "SELECT DISTINCT c1, c2 FROM t3"
  19  1   "SELECT DISTINCT c1 FROM t3"
  20  1   "SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t3"
  21  0   "SELECT DISTINCT c2 FROM t3"

  22  0   "SELECT DISTINCT * FROM (SELECT 1, 2, 3 UNION SELECT 4, 5, 6)"
  23  1   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid FROM (SELECT 1, 2, 3 UNION SELECT 4, 5, 6)"

  24  0   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid/2 FROM t1"
  25  1   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid/2, rowid FROM t1"
  26  1   "SELECT DISTINCT rowid/2, b FROM t1 WHERE c = ?"
} {
  if {$noop} {
    do_distinct_noop_test 1.$tn $sql
  } else {
    do_distinct_not_noop_test 1.$tn $sql
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests - distinct-2.* - test cases where an index is
# used to deliver results in order of the DISTINCT expressions. 
#
drop_all_tables
do_execsql_test 2.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);

  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b COLLATE nocase, c COLLATE nocase);

  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 'b', 'c');
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('A', 'B', 'C');
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a', 'b', 'c');
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('A', 'B', 'C');
}

foreach {tn sql temptables res} {
  1   "a, b FROM t1"                                       {}      {A B a b}
  2   "b, a FROM t1"                                       {}      {B A b a}
  3   "a, b, c FROM t1"                                    {hash}  {a b c A B C}
  4   "a, b, c FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c"                   {btree} {A B C a b c}
  5   "b FROM t1 WHERE a = 'a'"                            {}      {b}
  6   "b FROM t1"                                          {hash}  {b B}
  7   "a FROM t1"                                          {}      {A a}
  8   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1"                           {}      {b}
  9   "b COLLATE nocase FROM t1 ORDER BY b COLLATE nocase" {}      {B}
} {
  do_execsql_test    2.$tn.1 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $res
  do_temptables_test 2.$tn.2 "SELECT DISTINCT $sql" $temptables
}

do_execsql_test 2.A {
  SELECT (SELECT DISTINCT o.a FROM t1 AS i) FROM t1 AS o;
} {a A a A}




finish_test

do_select_tests e_select-5 {
  3.1 "SELECT ALL x FROM h2" {One Two Three Four one two three four}
  3.2 "SELECT ALL x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {One one Four four}

  3.1 "SELECT x FROM h2" {One Two Three Four one two three four}
  3.2 "SELECT x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {One one Four four}

  4.1 "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h2" {four one three two}
  4.2 "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {four one}
} 

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-02054-15343 For the purposes of detecting duplicate
# rows, two NULL values are considered to be equal.
#
do_select_tests e_select-5.5 {
  1  "SELECT DISTINCT d FROM h3" {{} 2 2,3 2,4 3}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-58359-52112 The normal rules for selecting a collation
# sequence to compare text values with apply.
#
do_select_tests e_select-5.6 {
  1  "SELECT DISTINCT b FROM h1"                  {I IV four i iv one}
  2  "SELECT DISTINCT b COLLATE nocase FROM h1"   {four i iv one}
  3  "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h2"                  {four one three two}
  4  "SELECT DISTINCT x COLLATE binary FROM h2"   {
    Four One Three Two four one three two
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests - e_select-7.* - test that statements made to do
# with compound SELECT statements are correct.
#

do_select_tests e_select-5 {
  3.1 "SELECT ALL x FROM h2" {One Two Three Four one two three four}
  3.2 "SELECT ALL x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {One one Four four}

  3.1 "SELECT x FROM h2" {One Two Three Four one two three four}
  3.2 "SELECT x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {One one Four four}

  4.1 "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h2" {One Two Three Four}
  4.2 "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h1, h2 ON (x=b)" {One Four}
} 

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-02054-15343 For the purposes of detecting duplicate
# rows, two NULL values are considered to be equal.
#
do_select_tests e_select-5.5 {
  1  "SELECT DISTINCT d FROM h3" {{} 2 2,3 2,4 3}
}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-58359-52112 The normal rules for selecting a collation
# sequence to compare text values with apply.
#
do_select_tests e_select-5.6 {
  1  "SELECT DISTINCT b FROM h1"                  {one I i four IV iv}
  2  "SELECT DISTINCT b COLLATE nocase FROM h1"   {one I four IV}
  3  "SELECT DISTINCT x FROM h2"                  {One Two Three Four}
  4  "SELECT DISTINCT x COLLATE binary FROM h2"   {
    One Two Three Four one two three four
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests - e_select-7.* - test that statements made to do
# with compound SELECT statements are correct.
#

      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS aux.i2 }
      sql2 { SELECT name FROM aux.sqlite_master WHERE type = 'index' }
    } {}
    do_test 3.$tn.2.2 {
      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS i2 }
      sql2 { CREATE INDEX aux.i2 ON t2(x) }
      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS i2 }
      sql2 { SELECT name FROM aux.sqlite_master WHERE type = 'index' }
    } {}

    # VIEW objects.
    #
    do_test 3.$tn.3.1 {
      sql1 { DROP VIEW IF EXISTS aux.v1 }
      sql2 { CREATE VIEW aux.v1 AS SELECT * FROM t2 }

      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS aux.i2 }
      sql2 { SELECT name FROM aux.sqlite_master WHERE type = 'index' }
    } {}
    do_test 3.$tn.2.2 {
      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS i2 }
      sql2 { CREATE INDEX aux.i2 ON t2(x) }
      sql1 { DROP INDEX IF EXISTS i2 }
      sql2 { SELECT * FROM aux.sqlite_master WHERE type = 'index' }
    } {}

    # VIEW objects.
    #
    do_test 3.$tn.3.1 {
      sql1 { DROP VIEW IF EXISTS aux.v1 }
      sql2 { CREATE VIEW aux.v1 AS SELECT * FROM t2 }

  do_execsql_test $tn$title.4 "
    SELECT docid, mit(matchinfo($tbl, 'x')) FROM $tbl 
    WHERE $tbl MATCH '$match' ORDER BY docid ASC
  " $matchinfo_asc
}

#    fts3_make_deferrable TABLE TOKEN
#
proc fts3_make_deferrable {tbl token} {

  set stmt [sqlite3_prepare db "SELECT * FROM $tbl" -1 dummy]
  set name [sqlite3_column_name $stmt 0]
  sqlite3_finalize $stmt


  set nRow [db one "SELECT count(*) FROM $tbl"]

  set pgsz [db one "PRAGMA page_size"]
  execsql BEGIN
  for {set i 0} {$i < ($nRow * $pgsz * 1.2)/100} {incr i} {
    set doc [string repeat "$token " 100]
    execsql "INSERT INTO $tbl ($name) VALUES(\$doc)"
  }
  execsql "INSERT INTO $tbl ($name) VALUES('aaaaaaa ${token}aaaaa')"
................................................................................
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.2 t1 {b:G AND c:I}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.3 t1 {b:G NEAR c:I}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.4 t1 {a:C OR b:G OR c:K OR d:C}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.5 t1 {a:G OR b:G}

  catchsql { COMMIT }
}













































set sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses $sfep
finish_test

  do_execsql_test $tn$title.4 "
    SELECT docid, mit(matchinfo($tbl, 'x')) FROM $tbl 
    WHERE $tbl MATCH '$match' ORDER BY docid ASC
  " $matchinfo_asc
}

#    fts3_make_deferrable TABLE TOKEN ?NROW?
#
proc fts3_make_deferrable {tbl token {nRow 0}} {

  set stmt [sqlite3_prepare db "SELECT * FROM $tbl" -1 dummy]
  set name [sqlite3_column_name $stmt 0]
  sqlite3_finalize $stmt

  if {$nRow==0} {
    set nRow [db one "SELECT count(*) FROM $tbl"]
  }
  set pgsz [db one "PRAGMA page_size"]
  execsql BEGIN
  for {set i 0} {$i < ($nRow * $pgsz * 1.2)/100} {incr i} {
    set doc [string repeat "$token " 100]
    execsql "INSERT INTO $tbl ($name) VALUES(\$doc)"
  }
  execsql "INSERT INTO $tbl ($name) VALUES('aaaaaaa ${token}aaaaa')"
................................................................................
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.2 t1 {b:G AND c:I}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.3 t1 {b:G NEAR c:I}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.4 t1 {a:C OR b:G OR c:K OR d:C}
  do_fts3query_test 6.$tn.5 t1 {a:G OR b:G}

  catchsql { COMMIT }
}

foreach {tn create} {
  1    "fts4(x)"
  2    "fts4(x, order=DESC)"
} {
  execsql [subst {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING $create;
  }]

  foreach {x} {
    "F E N O T K X V A X I E X A P G Q V H U"
    "R V A E T C V Q N I E L O N U G J K L U"
    "U Y I G W M V F J L X I D C H F P J Q B"
    "S G D Z X R P G S S Y B K A S G A I L L"
    "L S I C H T Z S R Q P R N K J X L F M J"
    "C C C D P X B Z C M A D A C X S B T X V"
    "W Y J M D R G V R K B X S A W R I T N C"
    "P K L W T M S P O Y Y V V O E H Q A I R"
    "C D Y I C Z F H J C O Y A Q F L S B D K"
    "P G S C Y C Y V I M B D S Z D D Y W I E"
    "Z K Z U E E S F Y X T U A L W O U J C Q"
    "P A T Z S W L P L Q V Y Y I P W U X S S"
    "I U I H U O F Z F R H R F T N D X A G M"
    "N A B M S H K X S O Y D T X S B R Y H Z"
    "L U D A S K I L S V Z J P U B E B Y H M"
  } {
    execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($x) }
  }

  # Add extra documents to the database such that token "B" will be considered
  # deferrable if considering the other tokens means that 2 or fewer documents
  # will be loaded into memory.
  #
  fts3_make_deferrable t1 B 2

  # B is not deferred in either of the first two tests below, since filtering
  # on "M" or "D" returns 10 documents or so. But filtering on "M * D" only
  # returns 2, so B is deferred in this case.
  #
  do_fts3query_test 7.$tn.1             t1 {"M B"}
  do_fts3query_test 7.$tn.2             t1 {"B D"}
  do_fts3query_test 7.$tn.3 -deferred B t1 {"M B D"}
}

set sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses $sfep
finish_test

# with functions created using sqlite3_create_function_v2() is 
# correctly invoked.
#
set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl



do_test func3-1.1 {
  set destroyed 0
  proc destroy {} { set ::destroyed 1 }
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 any -func f2 -destroy destroy
  set destroyed
} 0
do_test func3-1.2 {
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf8 -func f2
  set destroyed
} 0
do_test func3-1.3 {
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf16le -func f2
  set destroyed
} 0
do_test func3-1.4 {
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf16be -func f2
  set destroyed
} 1


do_test func3-2.1 {
  set destroyed 0
  proc destroy {} { set ::destroyed 1 }
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f3 -1 utf8 -func f3 -destroy destroy
  set destroyed
} 0

# with functions created using sqlite3_create_function_v2() is 
# correctly invoked.
#
set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


ifcapable utf16 {
  do_test func3-1.1 {
    set destroyed 0
    proc destroy {} { set ::destroyed 1 }
    sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 any -func f2 -destroy destroy
    set destroyed
  } 0
  do_test func3-1.2 {
    sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf8 -func f2
    set destroyed
  } 0
  do_test func3-1.3 {
    sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf16le -func f2
    set destroyed
  } 0
  do_test func3-1.4 {
    sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f2 -1 utf16be -func f2
    set destroyed
  } 1
}

do_test func3-2.1 {
  set destroyed 0
  proc destroy {} { set ::destroyed 1 }
  sqlite3_create_function_v2 db f3 -1 utf8 -func f3 -destroy destroy
  set destroyed
} 0

do_test fuzzer1-2.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT streetname.n FROM f2, streetname
     WHERE f2.word MATCH 'tayle'
       AND f2.distance<=200
       AND streetname.n>=f2.word AND streetname.n<=(f2.word || x'F7BFBFBF')
  }
} {steelewood tallia tallu talwyn taymouth thelema trailer {tyler finley}}


finish_test

do_test fuzzer1-2.3 {
  execsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT streetname.n FROM f2, streetname
     WHERE f2.word MATCH 'tayle'
       AND f2.distance<=200
       AND streetname.n>=f2.word AND streetname.n<=(f2.word || x'F7BFBFBF')
  }
} {{tyler finley} trailer taymouth steelewood tallia tallu talwyn thelema}


finish_test

  set bytes [file size [info script]]
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
    INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, zeroblob($::bytes));
  }
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]

  set rc [catch {puts -nonewline $::blob $::data}]
  if {$rc} { error "out of memory" }
} 

do_malloc_test 2 -tclprep {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
................................................................................
  } elseif {$::r ne $::data} {
    error "Bad data read..."
  }
  set rc [catch {close $::blob}]
  if {$rc} { 
    error "out of memory" 
  }
} 


do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-4 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, $::data);
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]
  read $::blob
................................................................................
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-5 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, zeroblob(length(CAST($::data AS BLOB))));
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]

  puts -nonewline $::blob $::data
  close $::blob
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-6 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, $::data || $::data || $::data);
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]

  seek $::blob -20 end
  puts -nonewline $::blob "12345678900987654321"
  close $::blob
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-7 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1;

  set bytes [file size [info script]]
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
    INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, zeroblob($::bytes));
  }
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]
  fconfigure $::blob -translation binary
  set rc [catch {puts -nonewline $::blob $::data}]
  if {$rc} { error "out of memory" }
} 

do_malloc_test 2 -tclprep {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
................................................................................
  } elseif {$::r ne $::data} {
    error "Bad data read..."
  }
  set rc [catch {close $::blob}]
  if {$rc} { 
    error "out of memory" 
  }
}


do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-4 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, $::data);
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]
  read $::blob
................................................................................
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-5 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, zeroblob(length(CAST($::data AS BLOB))));
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]
  fconfigure $::blob -translation binary
  puts -nonewline $::blob $::data
  close $::blob
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-6 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  CREATE TABLE blobs(k, v BLOB);
  INSERT INTO blobs VALUES(1, $::data || $::data || $::data);
} -tclbody {
  set ::blob [db incrblob blobs v 1]
  fconfigure $::blob -translation binary
  seek $::blob -20 end
  puts -nonewline $::blob "12345678900987654321"
  close $::blob
}

do_ioerr_test incrblob_err-7 -cksum 1 -sqlprep {
  PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1;

#
do_test insert4-2.4.1 {
  execsql {
    DELETE FROM t3;
    INSERT INTO t3 SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t2;
    SELECT * FROM t3;
  }
} {1 9 9 1}
xferopt_test insert4-2.4.2 0
do_test insert4-2.4.3 {
  catchsql {
    DELETE FROM t1;
    INSERT INTO t1 SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t2;
  }
} {1 {constraint failed}}

#
do_test insert4-2.4.1 {
  execsql {
    DELETE FROM t3;
    INSERT INTO t3 SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t2;
    SELECT * FROM t3;
  }
} {9 1 1 9}
xferopt_test insert4-2.4.2 0
do_test insert4-2.4.3 {
  catchsql {
    DELETE FROM t1;
    INSERT INTO t1 SELECT DISTINCT * FROM t2;
  }
} {1 {constraint failed}}

} {ABC abc}
do_test like-1.4 {
  execsql {
    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'aBc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {ABC abc}
do_test like-1.5.1 {




  execsql {
    PRAGMA case_sensitive_like=on;
    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'abc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {abc}
do_test like-1.5.2 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA case_sensitive_like; -- no argument; does not change setting
    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'abc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {abc}
do_test like-1.6 {
  execsql {

} {ABC abc}
do_test like-1.4 {
  execsql {
    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'aBc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {ABC abc}
do_test like-1.5.1 {
  # Use sqlite3_exec() to verify fix for ticket [25ee81271091] 2011-06-26
  sqlite3_exec db {PRAGMA case_sensitive_like=on}
} {0 {}}
do_test like-1.5.2 {
  execsql {

    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'abc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {abc}
do_test like-1.5.3 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA case_sensitive_like; -- no argument; does not change setting
    SELECT x FROM t1 WHERE x LIKE 'abc' ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {abc}
do_test like-1.6 {
  execsql {

          )    
          WHERE artist <> '' 
        )  
       )       
      )  
      ORDER BY LOWER(artist) ASC;
    }
  } {one}
}

# Ticket #1370.  Do not overwrite small files (less than 1024 bytes)
# when trying to open them as a database.
#
if {[permutation] == ""} {
  do_test misc5-4.1 {

          )    
          WHERE artist <> '' 
        )  
       )       
      )  
      ORDER BY LOWER(artist) ASC;
    }
  } {two}
}

# Ticket #1370.  Do not overwrite small files (less than 1024 bytes)
# when trying to open them as a database.
#
if {[permutation] == ""} {
  do_test misc5-4.1 {

  list $msg
}

# This attempts to delete the base file and 
# and files with the chunk extension.
proc multiplex_delete {name} {
  global g_max_chunks

  for {set i 0} {$i<$g_max_chunks} {incr i} {
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name $i]
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name-journal $i]
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name-wal $i]
  }
}

................................................................................
do_test multiplex-1.7 { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }        {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.8 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }               {SQLITE_OK}


do_test multiplex-1.9.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }     {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                    {}
do_test multiplex-1.9.3  { multiplex_set db main 32768 16 }        {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.4  { multiplex_set db main 32768 -1 }        {SQLITE_MISUSE}
do_test multiplex-1.9.5  { multiplex_set db main -1 16 }           {SQLITE_MISUSE}
do_test multiplex-1.9.6  { multiplex_set db main 31 16 }           {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.7  { multiplex_set db main 32768 100 }       {SQLITE_MISUSE}
do_test multiplex-1.9.8  { multiplex_set db main 1073741824 1 }    {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.9  { db close }                              {}
do_test multiplex-1.9.10 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }            {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-1.10.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }                                  {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.10.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                                                 {}
do_test multiplex-1.10.3  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 32768); } ] 0 }      {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.4  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(3, -1); } ] 0 }         {1}
do_test multiplex-1.10.5  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, -1); } ] 0 }         {1}
do_test multiplex-1.10.6  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 31); } ] 0 }         {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.7  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(3, 100); } ] 0 }        {1}
do_test multiplex-1.10.8  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 1073741824); } ] 0 } {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.9  { db close }                                                           {}
do_test multiplex-1.10.10 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }                                         {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-1.11.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }               {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.11.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                              {}
do_test multiplex-1.11.3  { sqlite3_multiplex_control db main enable 0  }     {SQLITE_OK}
................................................................................
#
#   multiplex-2.7.*: Disable/enable tests.
#

sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
multiplex_set db main 32768 16


do_test multiplex-2.1.2 {
  sqlite3 db test.db
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size=1024;
    PRAGMA auto_vacuum=OFF;
    PRAGMA journal_mode=DELETE;
  }
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, randomblob(1100));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2, randomblob(1100));
  }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.1.3 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 0] } {4096}
do_test multiplex-2.1.4 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}

do_test multiplex-2.2.1 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.2.3 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 0] } {6144}

do_test multiplex-2.3.1 {
  sqlite3 db2 test2.db
  db2 close
} {}


do_test multiplex-2.4.1 {
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_MISUSE}
do_test multiplex-2.4.2 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.4.4 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 0] } {7168}
do_test multiplex-2.4.99 {
  db close
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}


do_test multiplex-2.5.1 {
  multiplex_delete test.db
  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  sqlite3 db test.db
  multiplex_set db main 4096 16
} {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-2.5.2 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size = 1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode = delete;
................................................................................
  db eval {SELECT a,length(b) FROM t1 WHERE a=2}
} {2 4000}

do_test multiplex-2.5.8 {
  db eval {SELECT a,length(b) FROM t1 WHERE a=4}
} {4 4000}

do_test multiplex-2.5.9 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 0] } [list $g_chunk_size]
do_test multiplex-2.5.10 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 1] } [list $g_chunk_size]

do_test multiplex-2.5.99 {
  db close
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}


................................................................................
do_faultsim_test multiplex-5.5 -prep {
  catch { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }
} -body {
  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  multiplex_set db main 32768 16
}

# test that mismatch filesize is detected
#
# Do not run this test if $::G(perm:presql) is set. If it is set, then the
# expected IO error will occur within the Tcl [sqlite3] wrapper, not within
# the first SQL statement executed below. This breaks the test case.
#
if {0==[info exists ::G(perm:presql)] || $::G(perm:presql) == ""} {
  set all_journal_modes {delete persist truncate memory off}
  foreach jmode $all_journal_modes {
    do_test multiplex-5.6.1.$jmode {
      sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
      multiplex_delete test.db
      sqlite3 db test.db
      db eval {
        PRAGMA page_size = 1024;
        PRAGMA auto_vacuum = off;
      }
      db eval "PRAGMA journal_mode = $jmode;"
    } $jmode
    do_test multiplex-5.6.2.$jmode {
      execsql {
        CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, randomblob(15000));
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2, randomblob(15000));
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(15000));
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4, randomblob(15000));
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(5, randomblob(15000));
      }
      db close
      sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
      sqlite3 db test.db
      multiplex_set db main 4096 16
    } {SQLITE_OK}
    do_test multiplex-5.6.3.$jmode {
      catchsql {
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(6, randomblob(15000));
      }
    } {1 {disk I/O error}}
    do_test multiplex-5.6.4.$jmode {
      db close
    } {}
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that you can vacuum a multiplex'ed DB.  

ifcapable vacuum {

sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
do_test multiplex-6.0.0 {
  multiplex_delete test.db

  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  sqlite3 db test.db
  multiplex_set db main 4096 16
} {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-6.1.0 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size=1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode=DELETE;
................................................................................
  }
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, randomblob($g_chunk_size));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2, randomblob($g_chunk_size));
  }
} {}
do_test multiplex-6.2.1 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 0] } [list $g_chunk_size]
do_test multiplex-6.2.2 { file size [multiplex_name test.db 1] } [list $g_chunk_size]

do_test multiplex-6.3.0 {
  execsql { VACUUM }
} {}

do_test multiplex-6.99 {
  db close
  multiplex_delete test.db
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}

}


catch { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }
finish_test

  list $msg
}

# This attempts to delete the base file and 
# and files with the chunk extension.
proc multiplex_delete {name} {
  global g_max_chunks
  forcedelete $name
  for {set i 0} {$i<$g_max_chunks} {incr i} {
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name $i]
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name-journal $i]
    forcedelete [multiplex_name $name-wal $i]
  }
}

................................................................................
do_test multiplex-1.7 { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }        {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.8 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }               {SQLITE_OK}


do_test multiplex-1.9.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }     {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                    {}
do_test multiplex-1.9.3  { multiplex_set db main 32768 16 }        {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.4  { multiplex_set db main 32768 -1 }        {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-1.9.6  { multiplex_set db main 31 16 }           {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.7  { multiplex_set db main 32768 100 }       {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.8  { multiplex_set db main 1073741824 1 }    {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.9.9  { db close }                              {}
do_test multiplex-1.9.10 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }            {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-1.10.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }                                  {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.10.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                                                 {}
do_test multiplex-1.10.3  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 32768); } ] 0 }      {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.4  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(3, -1); } ] 0 }         {0}

do_test multiplex-1.10.6  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 31); } ] 0 }         {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.7  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(3, 100); } ] 0 }        {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.8  { lindex [ catchsql { SELECT multiplex_control(2, 1073741824); } ] 0 } {0}
do_test multiplex-1.10.9  { db close }                                                           {}
do_test multiplex-1.10.10 { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }                                         {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-1.11.1  { sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1 }               {SQLITE_OK}
do_test multiplex-1.11.2  { sqlite3 db test.db }                              {}
do_test multiplex-1.11.3  { sqlite3_multiplex_control db main enable 0  }     {SQLITE_OK}
................................................................................
#
#   multiplex-2.7.*: Disable/enable tests.
#

sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
multiplex_set db main 32768 16

file delete -force test.x
do_test multiplex-2.1.2 {
  sqlite3 db test.x
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size=1024;
    PRAGMA auto_vacuum=OFF;
    PRAGMA journal_mode=DELETE;
  }
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, randomblob(1100));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2, randomblob(1100));
  }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.1.3 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 0] } {4096}
do_test multiplex-2.1.4 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}

do_test multiplex-2.2.1 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.2.3 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 0] } {6144}

do_test multiplex-2.3.1 {
  sqlite3 db2 test2.x
  db2 close
} {}


do_test multiplex-2.4.1 {
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_MISUSE}
do_test multiplex-2.4.2 {
  execsql { INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3, randomblob(1100)) }
} {}
do_test multiplex-2.4.4 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 0] } {7168}
do_test multiplex-2.4.99 {
  db close
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}


do_test multiplex-2.5.1 {
  multiplex_delete test.x
  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  sqlite3 db test.x
  multiplex_set db main 4096 16
} {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-2.5.2 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size = 1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode = delete;
................................................................................
  db eval {SELECT a,length(b) FROM t1 WHERE a=2}
} {2 4000}

do_test multiplex-2.5.8 {
  db eval {SELECT a,length(b) FROM t1 WHERE a=4}
} {4 4000}

do_test multiplex-2.5.9 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 0] } [list $g_chunk_size]
do_test multiplex-2.5.10 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 1] } [list $g_chunk_size]

do_test multiplex-2.5.99 {
  db close
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}


................................................................................
do_faultsim_test multiplex-5.5 -prep {
  catch { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }
} -body {
  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  multiplex_set db main 32768 16
}













































#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that you can vacuum a multiplex'ed DB.  

ifcapable vacuum {

sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
do_test multiplex-6.0.0 {
  multiplex_delete test.db
  multiplex_delete test.x
  sqlite3_multiplex_initialize "" 1
  sqlite3 db test.x
  multiplex_set db main 4096 16
} {SQLITE_OK}

do_test multiplex-6.1.0 {
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size=1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode=DELETE;
................................................................................
  }
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, randomblob($g_chunk_size));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2, randomblob($g_chunk_size));
  }
} {}
do_test multiplex-6.2.1 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 0] } [list $g_chunk_size]
do_test multiplex-6.2.2 { file size [multiplex_name test.x 1] } [list $g_chunk_size]

do_test multiplex-6.3.0 {
  execsql { VACUUM }
} {}

do_test multiplex-6.99 {
  db close
  multiplex_delete test.x
  sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
} {SQLITE_OK}

}


catch { sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown }
finish_test

  where6.test where7.test where8.test where9.test
  whereA.test whereB.test wherelimit.test
  select1.test select2.test select3.test select4.test select5.test
  select7.test select8.test selectA.test selectC.test
} -dbconfig {
  optimization_control $::dbhandle all 0
}










# End of tests
#############################################################################

# run_tests NAME OPTIONS
#
# where available options are:  

  where6.test where7.test where8.test where9.test
  whereA.test whereB.test wherelimit.test
  select1.test select2.test select3.test select4.test select5.test
  select7.test select8.test selectA.test selectC.test
} -dbconfig {
  optimization_control $::dbhandle all 0
}

test_suite "prepare" -description {
  Run tests with the db connection using sqlite3_prepare() instead of _v2().
} -dbconfig {
  db_use_legacy_prepare $::dbhandle 1
  #$::dbhandle cache size 0
} -files [
  test_set $allquicktests -exclude *malloc* *ioerr* *fault*
]

# End of tests
#############################################################################

# run_tests NAME OPTIONS
#
# where available options are:  

    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK=1
    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=62
  }
}

array set ::Platforms {
  Linux-x86_64 {

    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test
    "Debug-One"               test
    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "Ftrapv"                  test
    "Default"                 "threadtest test"
    "Device-One"              fulltest
  }
  Linux-i686 {
................................................................................
    "Default"                 "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  Darwin-i386 {
    "Locking-Style"           test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
}


# End of configuration section.
#########################################################################
#########################################################################

foreach {key value} [array get ::Platforms] {
  foreach {v t} $value {

    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK=1
    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=62
  }
}

array set ::Platforms {
  Linux-x86_64 {
    "Debug-One"               "checksymbols test"
    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test

    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "Ftrapv"                  test
    "Default"                 "threadtest test"
    "Device-One"              fulltest
  }
  Linux-i686 {
................................................................................
    "Default"                 "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  Darwin-i386 {
    "Locking-Style"           test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
}


# End of configuration section.
#########################################################################
#########################################################################

foreach {key value} [array get ::Platforms] {
  foreach {v t} $value {

  do_test selectB-$ii.19 {
    execsql {
      SELECT * FROM (
        SELECT DISTINCT (a/10) FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT DISTINCT(d%2) FROM t2
      )
    }
  } {0 1 0 1}

  do_test selectB-$ii.20 {
    execsql {
      SELECT DISTINCT * FROM (
        SELECT DISTINCT (a/10) FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT DISTINCT(d%2) FROM t2
      )
    }

  do_test selectB-$ii.19 {
    execsql {
      SELECT * FROM (
        SELECT DISTINCT (a/10) FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT DISTINCT(d%2) FROM t2
      )
    }
  } {0 1 1 0}

  do_test selectB-$ii.20 {
    execsql {
      SELECT DISTINCT * FROM (
        SELECT DISTINCT (a/10) FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT DISTINCT(d%2) FROM t2
      )
    }

} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.4 {
  set np1 [expr {$SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH + 1}]
  set ::str1 [string repeat A $np1]
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 -1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}

do_test sqllimits1-5.14.5 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 -1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}

do_test sqllimits1-5.14.6 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 $np1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}

do_test sqllimits1-5.14.7 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 $np1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}

do_test sqllimits1-5.14.8 {
  set n [expr {$np1-1}]
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 $n} res
  set res
} {}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.9 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 $n} res

} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.4 {
  set np1 [expr {$SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH + 1}]
  set ::str1 [string repeat A $np1]
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 -1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
ifcapable utf16 {
  do_test sqllimits1-5.14.5 {
    catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 -1} res
    set res
  } {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.6 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 $np1} res
  set res
} {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
ifcapable utf16 {
  do_test sqllimits1-5.14.7 {
    catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 $np1} res
    set res
  } {SQLITE_TOOBIG}
}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.8 {
  set n [expr {$np1-1}]
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text $::STMT 1 $::str1 $n} res
  set res
} {}
do_test sqllimits1-5.14.9 {
  catch {sqlite3_bind_text16 $::STMT 1 $::str1 $n} res

# but the permanent index should still be accessible and should still
# be updated when its corresponding table changes.
#
do_test temptable-5.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TEMP TABLE mask(a,b,c)
  } db2

  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX mask ON t2(x);
    SELECT * FROM t2;
  }
} {3 4}
#do_test temptable-5.2 {
#  catchsql {

# but the permanent index should still be accessible and should still
# be updated when its corresponding table changes.
#
do_test temptable-5.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TEMP TABLE mask(a,b,c)
  } db2
  if {[permutation]=="prepare"} { db2 cache flush }
  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX mask ON t2(x);
    SELECT * FROM t2;
  }
} {3 4}
#do_test temptable-5.2 {
#  catchsql {

# 2011 July 8
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing that bug [54844eea3f] has been fixed.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

set ::testprefix tkt-54844eea3f

do_test 1.0 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4);

    CREATE TABLE t2(b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(2);
    INSERT INTO t2 SELECT b+2 FROM t2;
    INSERT INTO t2 SELECT b+4 FROM t2;
    INSERT INTO t2 SELECT b+8 FROM t2;
    INSERT INTO t2 SELECT b+16 FROM t2;

    CREATE TABLE t3(c INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
    INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(1);
    INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(2);
    INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(3);
  }
} {}

do_test 1.1 {
  execsql {
    SELECT 'test-2', t3.c, (
          SELECT count(*) 
          FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT DISTINCT t3.c AS p FROM t2) AS x ON t1.a=x.p
    )
    FROM t3;
  }
} {test-2 1 1 test-2 2 0 test-2 3 0}

do_test 1.2 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t4(a, b, c);
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('a', 1, 'one');
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('a', 2, 'two');
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('b', 1, 'three');
    INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('b', 2, 'four');
    SELECT ( 
      SELECT c FROM (
        SELECT * FROM t4 WHERE a=out.a ORDER BY b LIMIT 10 OFFSET 1
      ) WHERE b=out.b
    ) FROM t4 AS out;
  }
} {{} two {} four}


finish_test

#***********************************************************************
#
# Verify that when columns named "rowid", "oid", and "_rowid_" appear
# in a table as ordinary columns (not as the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY) then
# the use of these columns in triggers will refer to the column and not
# to the actual ROWID.  Ticket [34d2ae1c6d08b5271ba5e5592936d4a1d913ffe3]
#







set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable {!trigger} {
  finish_test
  return
}
................................................................................
    END;
    INSERT INTO main.t300 VALUES(3);
    INSERT INTO temp.t300 VALUES(4);
    SELECT * FROM t301;
  }
} {10003 20004}









































finish_test

#***********************************************************************
#
# Verify that when columns named "rowid", "oid", and "_rowid_" appear
# in a table as ordinary columns (not as the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY) then
# the use of these columns in triggers will refer to the column and not
# to the actual ROWID.  Ticket [34d2ae1c6d08b5271ba5e5592936d4a1d913ffe3]
#
# Also, verify that triggers created like this:
#
#    CREATE TRIGGER attached.trig AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ...
#
# can be reparsed as a main database.  Ticket [d6ddba6706353915ceedc56b4e3]
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable {!trigger} {
  finish_test
  return
}
................................................................................
    END;
    INSERT INTO main.t300 VALUES(3);
    INSERT INTO temp.t300 VALUES(4);
    SELECT * FROM t301;
  }
} {10003 20004}


#############################################################################
# 
# Ticket [d6ddba6706353915ceedc56b4e3e72ecb4d77ba4]
#
# The following syntax really should not be allowed:
#
#    CREATE TRIGGER xyz.trig BEFORE UPDATE ON xyz.tab BEGIN ...
#
# But a long-standing bug does allow it.  And the "xyz.tab" slips into
# the sqlite_master table.  We cannot fix the bug simply by disallowing
# "xyz.tab" since that could break legacy applications.  We have to 
# fix the system so that the "xyz." on "xyz.tab" is ignored.
# Verify that this is the case.
#
do_test triggerD-4.1 {
  db close
  file delete -force test.db test2.db
  sqlite3 db test.db
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t1(x);
    ATTACH 'test2.db' AS db2;
    CREATE TABLE db2.t2(y);
    CREATE TABLE db2.log(z);
    CREATE TRIGGER db2.trig AFTER INSERT ON db2.t2 BEGIN
      INSERT INTO log(z) VALUES(new.y);
    END;
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(123);
    SELECT * FROM log;
  }
} {123}
do_test triggerD-4.2 {
  sqlite3 db2 test2.db
  db2 eval {
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(234);
    SELECT * FROM log;
  }
} {123 234}
db2 close

finish_test

#
# This test case verifies that if an exclusive lock cannot be obtained
# on any aReadMark[] slot (because there are already several readers),
# the client takes a shared-lock on a slot without modifying the value
# and continues.
#
set nConn 50
if { [string match *BSD $tcl_platform(os)] } { set nConn 35 }
do_test wal3-9.0 {
  file delete -force test.db test.db-journal test.db wal
  sqlite3 db test.db
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size = 1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode = WAL;
    CREATE TABLE whoami(x);
................................................................................

  do_test wal3-10.$tn.2 {
    sql2 {PRAGMA integrity_check}
  } {ok}
}

finish_test

#
# This test case verifies that if an exclusive lock cannot be obtained
# on any aReadMark[] slot (because there are already several readers),
# the client takes a shared-lock on a slot without modifying the value
# and continues.
#
set nConn 50
if { [string match *BSD $tcl_platform(os)] } { set nConn 25 }
do_test wal3-9.0 {
  file delete -force test.db test.db-journal test.db wal
  sqlite3 db test.db
  execsql {
    PRAGMA page_size = 1024;
    PRAGMA journal_mode = WAL;
    CREATE TABLE whoami(x);
................................................................................

  do_test wal3-10.$tn.2 {
    sql2 {PRAGMA integrity_check}
  } {ok}
}

finish_test

	    CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b);
	    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,2);
	    SELECT * FROM t1;
	  }
	} {1 2}

# Under Windows, you'll get an error trying to delete
# a file this is already opened.  For now, make sure 
# we get that error, then close the first connection
# so the other tests work.
if {$tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
  if {$jmode=="persist" || $jmode=="truncate"} {
	  do_test wal6-1.2.$jmode.win {
	    sqlite3 db2 test.db
	    catchsql {
		    PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL;
	    } db2
	  } {1 {disk I/O error}}
  	db2 close
	  db close
  }
}

	do_test wal6-1.2.$jmode {
	  sqlite3 db2 test.db
	  execsql {
		PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL;
................................................................................
	db close
	db2 close
  forcedelete test.db

}

finish_test

	    CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b);
	    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,2);
	    SELECT * FROM t1;
	  }
	} {1 2}

# Under Windows, you'll get an error trying to delete
# a file this is already opened.  Close the first connection

# so the other tests work.
if {$tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
  if {$jmode=="persist" || $jmode=="truncate"} {







    db close
  }
}

	do_test wal6-1.2.$jmode {
	  sqlite3 db2 test.db
	  execsql {
		PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL;
................................................................................
	db close
	db2 close
  forcedelete test.db

}

finish_test

# 2011 July 11
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this script is recovery from transient manditory locks
# that sometimes appear on database files due to anti-virus software.
#

if {$tcl_platform(platform)!="windows"} return

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

set testprefix win32lock

db close
sqlite3_shutdown
test_sqlite3_log xLog
proc xLog {error_code msg} {
  lappend ::log $msg 
}
sqlite3 db test.db

do_test win32lock-1.1 {
  db eval {
    PRAGMA cache_size=10;
    CREATE TABLE t1(x,y);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,randomblob(100000));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2,randomblob(50000));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(3,randomblob(25000));
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4,randomblob(12500));
    SELECT x, length(y) FROM t1 ORDER BY rowid;
  }
} {1 100000 2 50000 3 25000 4 12500}

unset -nocomplain delay1 rc msg
set delay1 50
set rc 0
set old_pending_byte [sqlite3_test_control_pending_byte 0x40000000]
while {1} {
  sqlite3_sleep 10
  lock_win32_file test.db 0 $::delay1
  set rc [catch {db eval {SELECT x, length(y) FROM t1 ORDER BY rowid}} msg]
  if {$rc} {
    do_test win32lock-1.2-$delay1-fin {
       set ::msg
    } {disk I/O error}
    break
  } else {
    do_test win32lock-1.2-$delay1 {
       set ::msg
    } {1 100000 2 50000 3 25000 4 12500}
    if {$::log!=""} {
      do_test win32lock-1.2-$delay1-log1 {
        regsub {\d+} $::log # x
        set x
      } {{delayed #ms for lock/sharing conflict}}
    }
    incr delay1 50
  }
  set ::log {}
}

do_test win32lock-2.0 {
  file_control_win32_av_retry db -1 -1
} {0 10 25}
do_test win32lock-2.1 {
  file_control_win32_av_retry db 1 1
} {0 1 1}

set delay1 50
while {1} {
  sqlite3_sleep 10
  lock_win32_file test.db 0 $::delay1
  set rc [catch {db eval {SELECT x, length(y) FROM t1 ORDER BY rowid}} msg]
  if {$rc} {
    do_test win32lock-2.2-$delay1-fin {
       set ::msg
    } {disk I/O error}
    break
  } else {
    do_test win32lock-2.2-$delay1 {
       set ::msg
    } {1 100000 2 50000 3 25000 4 12500}
    if {$::log!=""} {
      do_test win32lock-2.2-$delay1-log1 {
        regsub {\d+} $::log # x
        set x
      } {{delayed #ms for lock/sharing conflict}}
    }
    incr delay1 50
  }
  set ::log {}
}

file_control_win32_av_retry db 10 25
sqlite3_test_control_pending_byte $old_pending_byte
sqlite3_shutdown
test_sqlite3_log 
sqlite3_initialize
finish_test

echo '****** Exported symbols from a build including RTREE, FTS4 & ICU ******'
gcc -c -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ICU \
  sqlite3.c
nm sqlite3.o | grep ' T ' | sort -k 3

echo '****** Surplus symbols from a build including RTREE, FTS4 & ICU ******'
nm sqlite3.o | grep ' T ' | grep -v ' sqlite3_'

echo '****** Dependencies of the core. No extensions. No OS interface *******'
gcc -c -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE \
  -DSQLITE_OS_OTHER -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
  sqlite3.c

echo '****** Exported symbols from a build including RTREE, FTS4 & ICU ******'
gcc -c -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ICU \
  sqlite3.c
nm sqlite3.o | grep ' [TD] ' | sort -k 3

echo '****** Surplus symbols from a build including RTREE, FTS4 & ICU ******'
nm sqlite3.o | grep ' [TD] ' | grep -v ' .*sqlite3_'

echo '****** Dependencies of the core. No extensions. No OS interface *******'
gcc -c -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY \
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE \
  -DSQLITE_OS_OTHER -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
  sqlite3.c

# compiler warnings in SQLite.
#
make sqlite3.c
echo '********** No optimizations.  Includes FTS4 and RTREE *********'
gcc -c -Wshadow -Wall -Wextra -pedantic-errors -Wno-long-long -std=c89 \
      -ansi -DHAVE_STDINT_H -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
      sqlite3.c




echo '********** Optimized -O3.  Includes FTS4 and RTREE *********'
gcc -O3 -c -Wshadow -Wall -Wextra -pedantic-errors -Wno-long-long -std=c89 \
      -ansi -DHAVE_STDINT_H -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
      sqlite3.c

# compiler warnings in SQLite.
#
make sqlite3.c
echo '********** No optimizations.  Includes FTS4 and RTREE *********'
gcc -c -Wshadow -Wall -Wextra -pedantic-errors -Wno-long-long -std=c89 \
      -ansi -DHAVE_STDINT_H -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
      sqlite3.c
echo '********** No optimizations. ENABLE_STAT2. THREADSAFE=0 *******'
gcc -c -Wshadow -Wall -Wextra -pedantic-errors -Wno-long-long -std=c89 \
      -ansi -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
      sqlite3.c
echo '********** Optimized -O3.  Includes FTS4 and RTREE ************'
gcc -O3 -c -Wshadow -Wall -Wextra -pedantic-errors -Wno-long-long -std=c89 \
      -ansi -DHAVE_STDINT_H -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
      sqlite3.c